TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP
10-K, 1995-03-29
LUMBER & WOOD PRODUCTS (NO FURNITURE)
Previous: MFS SERIES TRUST III, NSAR-B, 1995-03-29
Next: CSX CORP, 11-K, 1995-03-29



                                UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           Washington, D.C.  20549
                                  FORM 10-K

[X]   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 
      EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]

For the fiscal year ended             December 30, 1994                
                         ----------------------------------------------
[ ]   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
      SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]
For the transition period from                    to                   
                               ------------------    ------------------
Commission File Number:              0-22138                           
                        -----------------------------------------------
                          Triangle Pacific Corp.                       
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
        (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
           Delaware                                  94-2998971        
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
State or other jurisdiction or                    (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization                     Identification No.)
           16803 Dallas Parkway, Dallas, Texas                  75248  
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
       (Address of principal executive offices)             (Zip Code) 
Registrant's telephone number, including area code (214) 931-3000
                                                   --------------------
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:   None

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, Par Value $.01 per share
--------------------------------------
      (Title of Class)

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all 
reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter 
period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) 
has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
  YES  X     NO       
      ------    ------

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant 
to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be 
contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or 
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this 
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  [X]

     At March 1, 1995, the aggregate market value of the registrant's 
common stock held by non-affiliates was $188,170,605.  

     The number of shares outstanding of the registrant's Common Stock, 
par value $.01 per share, as of March 21, 1995:  Common Stock - 
14,662,609 shares.  

                   DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     Part III of this Form 10-K incorporates certain information by 
reference from the registrant's Proxy Statement to be issued in 
connection with its Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 3, 
1995.  

                                  PART I


Item 1.     Business
            --------

     The Company is a Delaware corporation organized in February 1986 
for the purpose of acquiring Triangle Pacific Corp., a New York 
corporation ("Old Triangle"), in a leveraged buyout transaction 
completed in May 1986.  In September 1988, TPC Holding Corp. ("Holding") 
acquired the Company in a second leveraged buyout transaction pursuant 
to which the Company became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holding.  

     On June 8, 1992, the Company successfully completed a capital 
restructuring (the "1992 Restructuring") pursuant to which substantially 
all of the Company's outstanding long-term indebtedness, redeemable 
preferred stock and common stock were exchanged for new debt with lower 
interest rates and new common stock.  

     The Company filed two registration statements with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission in 1993 and sold to the public 7,939,750 shares 
of the Company's Common Stock and $160 million aggregate principal 
amount of 10 1/2% Senior Notes due 2003 (collectively, "the Offerings").  
The net proceeds of the Offerings together with borrowings under a new 
$90 million credit facility were used (i) to repay the entire unpaid 
balance under the Company's previously-existing senior debt financing 
agreements, redeem certain previously outstanding debentures and pay 
related accrued interest, for a total of approximately $227 million, and 
(ii) for working capital and general corporate purposes.  

     The Company's operations are conducted through a single business 
segment which consists of the manufacture and distribution of building 
products.  The Company through its Hardwood Floors Division produces 
hardwood flooring and through its Cabinet Division manufactures and 
distributes kitchen and bathroom cabinets.  The Company's products are 
used primarily in residential new construction and remodeling.  The 
Company through its Building Products Division also operates a general 
building materials distribution center located in Beltsville, Maryland.  
The Company's business is seasonal, with demand for its products 
generally highest between April and November.  



     Presented below is a summary of sales results for each of the 
fiscal years 1990 through 1994.  

                     1994      1993      1992      1991      1990 
                    ----------------------------------------------
                                    (in millions)
Net Sales:

 Hardwood
  Floors Division  $ 244.0   $ 202.0   $ 152.9   $ 117.2   $ 129.9

 Cabinet Division    146.5     125.6     123.2     125.1     165.3

 Building Products
  Division            21.5      20.7      19.2      16.2      29.2

 Intracompany
  sales*              (1.8)     (2.0)     (2.5)     (2.4)     (3.3)
                    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
 Total Net Sales   $ 410.2   $ 346.3   $ 292.8   $ 256.1   $ 321.1
                    ======    ======    ======    ======    ======
     *Represents intracompany sales from the Cabinet Division to the 
Building Products Division which are eliminated in consolidation.  

Hardwood Floors Division
------------------------

     The Company's Hardwood Floors Division is the largest and best 
known manufacturer of hardwood flooring in the United States.  The 
Company produces a complete line of hardwood flooring products and 
believes that it is generally recognized for its superior quality and 
service.  The Company believes the Bruce name is the most recognized 
brand name in hardwood flooring.  

Industry Overview

     Sales of hardwood flooring have grown from 2.9% of total United 
States floorcovering sales in 1982 to an estimated 6.6% of estimated 
total United States floorcovering sales in 1993.  The Company believes 
that the growth of hardwood flooring sales is due to increased consumer 
preference for the aesthetic appeal of hardwood flooring and 
technological advances in the production, installation and maintenance 
of hardwood flooring.  

     Hardwood flooring competes primarily with carpet, vinyl and ceramic 
tile in the floorcovering market.  The increased sales of hardwood 
flooring during the last decade have been achieved at the expense of 
carpet and vinyl floorcovering.  The Company believes that the principal 
competitive factors in the floorcovering market are aesthetic appeal, 
price, durability and ease of installation and maintenance.  

Products and Product Development

     The Company offers approximately 100 varieties of hardwood flooring 
products in four basic categories - 3/4" solid strip and plank, 3/8" 
laminated strip, plank and parquet and 5/16" solid strip and parquet - 
in unfinished and a variety of pre-finished styles and colors.  The 
Company's hardwood flooring products are generally available in various 
widths and lengths and are differentiated in terms of quality and price 
based primarily on whether the product is finished or unfinished and on 
the grade of the raw materials used to produce the product.  



     The Company has been a leader in developing a wide variety of new 
hardwood flooring products, including (i) 5/16" solid parquet flooring, 
(ii) 3/8" laminated flooring, (iii) 3/8" laminated, square-edge, pre-
finished flooring, (iv) 3/8" acrylic-impregnated flooring for commercial 
applications (all of the above for glue-down installation) and (v) 3/4" 
square-edge, pre-finished flooring and (vi) most recently, 5/16" solid 
strip flooring.  The Company believes that new product development has 
enabled it to increase its sales and has contributed to the overall 
growth of hardwood flooring since the mid-1970s.  The Company's product 
innovations have made hardwood flooring a viable alternative for a 
variety of floorcovering applications for which hardwood flooring 
previously had been unsuitable.  

     The Company has been instrumental in the development of thinner 
hardwood flooring products which can be glued to the concrete slab 
foundations increasingly used in new home construction.  Installation of 
3/4" hardwood flooring over concrete slabs requires the construction of 
a false floor above the slab to which the hardwood flooring can be 
nailed, thereby increasing installation time and expense.  The Company 
has developed 5/16" flooring products, which can be glued to wood or 
concrete slab foundations, eliminating the need for a false floor.  The 
development of 3/8" laminated flooring (consisting of multiple layers of 
oak veneer, glued and pressed together), which can be glued to a wood or 
concrete sub-floor, further expanded the uses for hardwood flooring.  
The dimensional stability of laminated flooring permits its installation 
in kitchens and basements where the presence of moisture had previously 
rendered hardwood flooring impractical.  

     In 1994, the Company finalized development of a water-based 
solvent-free adhesive, Everbond SF, an environmentally sound mastic used 
to glue down laminated and 5/16-inch solid parquet floors.  Everbond SF 
meets the requirements of a federal mandate scheduled to become 
effective in 1996.  

     Also in 1994, the Company acquired Premier Wood Floors in 
Statesville, North Carolina.  This facility adds 100,000 square feet per 
shift per week of laminated flooring capacity to its operations, with 
near term potential to double that output.  Premier will be operated as 
a separate brand name with its own product line and marketing programs.  
The Company will report the combined operations of Bruce and Premier as 
the "Hardwood Floors Division".  

Manufacturing

     The Company manufactures its 3/4" solid oak hardwood flooring 
products at its plants in Nashville, and Jackson, Tennessee; Beverly, 
West Virginia, and West Plains, Missouri.  These plants have the 
capacity to produce a total of 1.7 million square feet of 3/4" flooring 
per week.  The Beverly, West Virginia plant also produces 5/16" "solid 
strip" prefinished flooring with a capacity of 150,000 square feet per 
week.  The Company manufactures its 3/8" laminated hardwood flooring 
products at its plants in Center, Texas and Port Gibson, Mississippi.  
The Center plant has a capacity of 500,000 square feet of 3/8" flooring 
per week and produces sufficient 1/8" oak veneer to supply approximately 
one-half of its veneer requirements.  The Port Gibson, Mississippi plant 
has a capacity of 200,000 square feet of 3/8" flooring per week and also 
supplies most of the remainder of the Center plant's veneer requirements 
for the production of 3/8" laminated products.  The Company manufactures 
its 5/16" solid parquet products at its plant in Jackson, Tennessee, 
which has the capacity to produce 400,000 square feet of 5/16" flooring 
per week in addition to its production of 3/4" product.  

     To alleviate capacity limitations, in 1994 the Company further 
expanded the plants in Beverly, West Virginia and Port Gibson, 
Mississippi.  The West Virginia project enabled that plant to increase 
its capacity to produce 3/4" product from 540,000 square feet per week 
to 690,000 square feet per week.  The Port Gibson project expanded that 
plants capacity to produce 3/8" laminated flooring from 200,000 square 
feet per week to 350,000 square feet per week, while maintaining the 
Port Gibson plant's ability to supply veneer to the Center plant.  These 
capacity expansions, including the Premier acquisition, have increased 
total hardwood flooring capacity from 2.65 million to 3.2 million square 
feet per week.  

     The Beverly, West Virginia facility is operated by the Company 
under an 18-year lease with the West Virginia Economic Development 
Corporation expiring 2007 (subject to extension until 2017 at the option 
of the Company).  In connection with the Beverly, West Virginia plant 
expansion, the Company made capital expenditures of $7.5 million for the 
purchase of equipment in the name of the West Virginia Economic 
Development Corporation.  Pursuant to the operating lease, the West 
Virginia Economic Development Corporation reimbursed the Company for 
$5.5 million of the cost of such equipment.  

     The following table sets forth certain information concerning the 
manufacturing facilities operated by the Hardwood Floors Division. 

                    Owned/                                  Capacity (1)
Location            Leased           Product              (Sq. Ft./Week)
--------            ------    ------------------------   --------------
Nashville, TN        Owned    3/4" strip and plank;            450,000
                              pre-finished, unfinished

West Plains, MO      Owned    3/4" strip; pre-finished,        360,000
                              unfinished

Beverly, WV          Leased   5/16" solid strip; pre-finished  150,000
                              and 3/4" strip; pre-finished,    690,000
                              unfinished

Jackson, TN (2)      Owned    5/16" solid parquet;             400,000
                              pre-finished, unfinished
                              3/4" strip; unfinished           200,000

Center, TX (3)       Owned    3/8" laminated strip, plank      500,000
                              and parquet; pre-finished,
                              unfinished

Port Gibson, MS (3)  Owned    3/8" laminated strip, plank      350,000
                              and parquet; pre-finished,   
                              unfinished    

Statesville, NC      Owned    3/8" laminated strip, plank,     100,000
                              pre-finished, unfinished        ---------

     Total Capacity                                          3,200,000
                                                             =========

------------------
(1)   Production capacity based on multiple shift operations.  

(2)   The Jackson plant also manufactures dimension parts used by the 
      Cabinet Division in cabinet production.  See "- Cabinet Division - 
      Manufacturing" below.  

(3)   The Center and Port Gibson plants also produce 1/8" veneer, which 
      is used in the manufacture of 3/8" laminated products at these 
      plants and at the Statesville, N.C. plant.  

     Raw materials for the hardwood flooring products produced at the 
Nashville, Jackson, Beverly and West Plains plants consist primarily of 
rough cut oak lumber.  Each plant obtains lumber from local independent 
sawmill operators, purchasing entire truckloads of ungraded, mixed 
specie lumber.  The Company maintains an inventory of purchased lumber 
which is sufficient for approximately three to four months of 
operations.  The quality and efficiency of lumber purchasing and grading 
operations are important determinants of manufacturing yields and 
productivity.  

     Purchased lumber is stacked for drying in the open air for 90 to 
120 days, and then placed in dry kilns for approximately five to seven 
days to reduce moisture content.  Where necessary, the Company operates 
pre-drying kilns, which shorten the required open-air drying time.  The 
Company's drying processes are another important determinant of 
satisfactory product yields.  Following drying, the flooring-grade 
lumber is cut into various sizes of strip, plank and parquet flooring.  
The products are then sanded and, in most cases, beveled.  A majority of 
the Company's products are pre-finished with a urethane or combination 
stain and wax finish.  Pre-finished products are more durable and do not 
require a time-consuming sanding and finishing process at the 
installation site.  Recently, the Company began treating a portion of 
its 3/8" laminated product with an acrylic impregnating process to 
produce its new Wear Master line of commercial flooring.  The 
Statesville, N.C. plant purchases veneer from outside sources and also 
obtains veneer from the Port Gibson plant, which is converted into 
laminated products.  

     Raw materials for the laminated hardwood flooring products 
manufactured at the Company's plants in Center, Texas and Port Gibson, 
Mississippi consist of oak logs which are purchased primarily from 
independent loggers located within about 100 miles of the respective 
plants.  Purchased logs are stored in soaking ponds until needed, and 
then debarked, soaked in hot water or steamed, cut into five-foot 
lengths, loaded into a lathe, and peeled to produce sheets of thin oak 
veneer.  Layers of veneer are then pressed into plywood which is cut 
into strip, plank and parquet hardwood flooring and pre-finished.  The 
Company employs advanced veneer manufacturing processes which 
substantially increase material yields, thereby reducing costs.  The 
total conversion time for laminated products, from log to finished 
product, is approximately one week.  

Sales

     The Hardwood Floors Division sells its products to over 100 
independent wholesale floorcovering distributors located throughout the 
United States and eight other countries.  Most distributors handle a 
diverse line of floorcovering products in addition to hardwood flooring.  
The Company's distributors sell their products to retail floorcovering 
dealers, installation contractors, builders, remodelers and retail home 
center stores.  The Company believes that new home construction and 
remodeling account for approximately 40% and 60%, respectively, of its 
hardwood flooring sales.  

     The Bruce trademark is a valuable asset because of its significant 
brand name recognition.  Based on independent surveys, the Company 
believes that Bruce has the highest consumer brand name recognition of 
any hardwood flooring product.  Sales and marketing efforts for Bruce 
hardwood floors are designed to further solidify its well-recognized 
position among resellers of hardwood flooring and to heighten Bruce's 
brand name recognition among end users.  The Company advertises its 
Bruce hardwood flooring products in national and regional publications, 
including House Beautiful, Better Homes and Gardens, Sunset, Southern 
Living and others.  

     The Company has developed Bruce product displays, more than 50,000, 
of which have been placed in floorcovering dealer showrooms.  These 
product displays are available in a variety of sizes designed to 
accommodate the varying floor spaces available in dealer showrooms.  The 
Company has also developed marketing programs specifically tailored to 
retail home center stores and commercial users and has developed 
displays to demonstrate the ease of do-it-yourself installation of 
hardwood floors.  The do-it-yourself installation displays have been 
placed in approximately 4,000 retail locations. Management believes that 
both the product displays and the do-it-yourself installation displays 
are important sales promotion devices.  

     The Company operates a training facility at its Nashville plant to 
give its Bruce floorcovering distributors, dealers and contractors 
training in the sale, installation and maintenance of hardwood floors. 
Providing this training, results in better educated resellers and 
installers, which the Company believes should enhance their ability to 
sell more Bruce products and improve consumer satisfaction with the 
installed products.  

     The Hardwood Floors Division currently employs 53 salespersons who 
are assigned geographical sales territories.  In addition to making 
direct sales to independent distributors, the sales force assists 
distributors in broadening their market penetration by making joint 
sales calls on dealers, conducting installation training for 
distributors and their customers, and advising on the use of advertising 
and special product promotions.  Salespersons earn bonuses, in addition 
to their salaries, based on volume and sales mix.  

Competition

     The Hardwood Floors Division is currently the largest manufacturer 
of hardwood flooring in the United States.  

     The floorcovering industry, which includes carpeting, sheet vinyl, 
vinyl tile, hardwood flooring and ceramic tile, is highly competitive.  
The principal competitive factors in floorcovering are aesthetic appeal, 
price, durability and ease of installation and maintenance.  Hardwood 
flooring is generally more durable than other floorcoverings.  Thus, 
although the average selling price of hardwood flooring is higher than 
that of the selling price of most other floorcoverings, the Company 
believes that the overall cost is competitive after taking into account 
average product life, maintenance expenses and removal and replacement 
costs.  

     The Company believes it competes favorably based on the high 
quality of the Company's products and the additional product support 
services offered by the Company and on the Company's network of 
independent distributors, its production of a complete line of hardwood 
flooring products, its innovative product development and manufacturing 
technology, and its well-known Bruce trademark.  




Cabinet Division
----------------

     The Company estimates that new construction accounts for 
approximately one-third of the total cabinet industry sales with 
remodeling generating the remaining two-thirds.  Residential new 
construction activity is more cyclical than remodeling activity, which 
has historically been relatively stable.  Cabinet manufacturing is a 
highly fragmented industry with competitors of widely varying production 
capacities, distribution capabilities and financial resources.  In 
recent years, contraction in the industry has resulted in smaller 
competitors leaving the market and more aggressive cost controls and 
marketing programs being implemented by the remaining participants.  The 
Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturing Association estimates that there are 8,000 
manufacturers of kitchen and bathroom cabinets competing for 
approximately 50% of the total cabinet market.  The balance of the 
market is supplied by trim carpenters and job-site cabinet makers.  The 
market is dependent on new home construction and remodeling activity.  

     The entire cabinet manufacturing industry is characterized by 
substantial excess capacity.  In the late 1970's, new construction 
expanded to meet the demands of more than two million housing starts 
annually plus remodeling.  Price competition is severe, due principally 
to the excess industry capacity.  

Products and Product Development

     The Company manufactures kitchen and bathroom cabinets in 
approximately 100 different styles and colors.  Cabinets are marketed 
under the brand names "TriPac", "IXL", "Classic Bath Products" and 
"Bruce"." The Company continues to develop new product styles. While the 
styles of the Company's cabinets vary from other manufacturers' brands, 
kitchen and bathroom cabinet construction is fundamentally the same 
throughout the industry.  Differences in the price and quality of the 
Company's cabinets result from variations in basic materials (e.g., 
solid oak, plywood, particleboard or fiberboard doors), the type and 
quality of exterior and interior finish, the quality of the hardware and 
other features such as adjustable shelves and interior storage aids.  

     In 1994, the Company introduced three new products:  Baseline, and 
Gemini, both price-competitive lines aimed at the multi-family market; 
and Ultrawood, an all-wood cabinet developed for the home center market.  
These new lines complement the existing Premier cabinet line, which was 
designed primarily for the single-family market.  

Manufacturing  

     The Company operates seven cabinet manufacturing plants, generally 
located within 500 miles of most major population centers in the United 
States.  These regional plants enable the Company to compete with local 
and regional manufacturers on the basis of the cost of freight, speed of 
delivery and service to customers.  The Company also operates a 
manufacturing facility at Jefferson City, Tennessee which supplies 
cultured marble vanity tops, primarily to the Cabinet Division, and to 
retail home center stores.  



     The following table sets forth certain information concerning the 
Company's cabinet manufacturing facilities:  

                     Owned/                              Capacity (1)
Location             Leased            Product           (Units/Week)
--------             ------     --------------------     ------------

Auburn, NE           Owned      Kitchen and bathroom        10,000
                                cabinets

Elizabeth City, NC   Owned      Bruce and IXL kitchen       15,000
                                and bathroom cabinets
                                and European frameless
                                cabinets  

McKinney, TX         Owned      Kitchen and bathroom         6,000
                                cabinets  

Morristown, TN       Owned      Kitchen and bathroom         9,000 (2)
                                cabinets

Morristown, TN       Owned      Kitchen and bathroom         7,500
                                cabinets

Thompsontown, PA     Owned      Kitchen and bathroom        15,000
                                cabinets

Union City, IN       Owned      Kitchen and bathroom         9,000
                                cabinets                   _______

                                                            71,500
                                                           =======

------------------
(1)   Production capacity based on single shift operations.  

(2)   This plant also produces finished end panels for certain other 
      cabinet plants.  

     The plants are primarily cabinet assembly operations.  The plant 
inventories consist of raw materials, component parts and a limited 
amount of work in process.  Raw materials utilized by the plants consist 
of sheet stock of plywood, particleboard or fiberboard, and component 
parts consist of dimension parts (front frame parts, doors and drawer 
fronts), finished end panels, finishing materials and hardware.  In the 
cabinet assembly operations, front frame parts, doors and drawer fronts 
are sanded smooth and color stained and finished.  Then, end panels, 
tops, bottoms and shelves are glued and stapled to the front frames, 
drawers are assembled to drawer fronts and hardware is attached.  The 
completed cabinet is inspected, packed and staged for shipment.  

     Sheet stock is a commodity product purchased from a variety of 
suppliers.  The Company obtains its dimension parts, consisting of front 
frame parts, doors and drawer fronts, primarily from its manufacturing 
facility located at the hardwood flooring plant in Jackson, Tennessee.  
See "- Hardwood Floors Division - Manufacturing" above.  The Jackson 
plant supplies 74% of the Cabinet Division's front frame parts 
requirements.  The Company manufacturers finished end panels at its 
Morristown, Tennessee cabinet plants.  Finishing materials and hardware 
are purchased from several suppliers.  



     The Cabinet Division is not dependent on any single supplier for 
any of its raw materials or component parts, other than the Jackson 
dimension parts plant.  The Company believes its sources of supply are 
adequate to meet its needs.  Imports from foreign suppliers, which 
account for less than ten percent of the Company's cabinet materials, 
consist of wood veneer, laminated veneer door panels and certain 
hardware items.  While the Company maintains insurance coverage on all 
of its properties, including the Jackson dimension parts plant, the loss 
of that plant could have an adverse effect on the Company's operations.  
See "- Properties" below.  

Sales and Marketing

     The Company distributes its cabinets directly from the factories 
and also through 42 company-owned distribution centers, including seven 
new locations opened in 1994, in major markets accross the country.  
These centers, which cater largely to builders and remodeling 
contractors, generate more than 50% of the Cabinet Division's total 
sales.  

     The Company-operated distribution centers are also used to support 
sales to major builders and retail home centers by providing prompt 
replacements for lost or damaged cabinets and delivery and storage for 
truckload quantities of cabinets pending staged deliveries to job sites. 
The Company believes that its distribution centers are an important 
factor in maintaining and increasing its sales, and intends to open 
additional distribution centers in new geographic markets as conditions 
warrant.  

     Buyers Choice is an innovative marketing strategy developed to 
enable buyers to design semi-custom cabinets to meet their individual 
preferences.  Buyers Choice product displays contain samples of the 
various types, colors and qualities of basic materials, hardware and 
other features available to complete a semi-custom cabinet design.  The 
buyer chooses the preferred combination and the Cabinet Division 
assembles the cabinets in accordance with the buyer's specifications.  
The Buyers Choice program has been popular with single-family home 
builders, who use the displays in model homes in connection with their 
marketing efforts.  

     The Company provides personal computer software for use primarily 
by retail home center stores to create complete kitchen floor plans, 
including elevations and product specifications lists, with related 
prices, based on room measurements provided by customers.  Management 
believes this software package to be a significant sales aid.  

     The Cabinet Division has one of the largest sales forces in the 
cabinet industry, currently employing approximately 223 salespersons.  
The sales force makes direct sales and service calls on builders, 
independent distributors and retail home center stores, and offers 
kitchen design, cabinet installation and cabinet display and marketing 
advice to retail home center stores and independent distributors.  Most 
sales personnel are affiliated with one of the Company's distribution 
centers and are responsible for sales to all customers within their 
sales area including sales of cabinets directly by the plant.  The 
Cabinet Division maintains a competitive salary base and provides 
performance incentives by compensating its sales force with bonuses tied 
to volume and profitability.  



Competition  

     The Company is one of the largest manufacturers of kitchen and 
bathroom cabinets in the U.S.  

     The cabinet industry is a mature, highly competitive, regionalized 
and highly fragmented industry with thousands of cabinet makers 
competing primarily on a local basis.  There is a relatively high manual 
labor content in cabinet products.  Because of the low capital 
requirements for cabinet assembly, it is relatively easy and inexpensive 
for small cabinet makers to enter the industry as manufacturing 
competitors.  In addition, high transportation costs limit the area to 
which a manufacturer can ship cabinets and still remain competitive.  
This has led the Company, and more recently, some of its larger 
competitors, to open regional manufacturing plants and distribution 
centers.  The Company's seven regional manufacturing plants and 42 
Company-operated distribution centers are important factors in the 
Company's ability to maintain cost and price competitiveness with local 
and regional manufacturers.  

     Due to significant excess manufacturing capacity, the cabinet 
industry has been subject to severe price competition.  Other 
competitive factors include quality of product, production capacity and 
speed of delivery.  The Company believes it competes favorably because 
of its breadth and quality of product offerings, and its production 
capacity, regional manufacturing facilities, national sales force and 
distribution capabilities.  

Building Products Division
--------------------------

     The Company operates a general building materials distribution 
center in Beltsville, Maryland, located between Baltimore and 
Washington, D.C.  Principal products sold, primarily to builders, 
include lumber, doors, windows, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and custom 
millwork.  The Building Products Division is the largest customer of the 
Cabinet Division and also purchases hardwood flooring products from 
local distributors of the Hardwood Floors Division.  Management believes 
that the Building Products Division has a reputation in its market area 
for quality products and a high level of customer service.  

Backlog
-------

     The Company generally sells its flooring products from inventories 
on hand.  The company produces its cabinets primarily in response to 
firm orders and, to a lesser extent, to maintain a working inventory at 
distribution centers operated by the Company.  The Company generally 
ships its cabinets within a short time (e.g., one week) after receipt of 
an order.  Accordingly, the dollar amount of backlog orders believed to 
be firm is not significant or indicative of the Company's future sales 
and earnings.  



Employees
---------

     As of December 30, 1994, the Company employed approximately 4,001 
persons, of which 2,380 were employed by the Hardwood Floors Division, 
1,491 by the Cabinet Division, 121 by the Beltsville Division and the 
remainder in the Company's headquarters and other operations.  The 
Company has entered into collective bargaining agreements with hourly 
employees at three of its seven hardwood flooring plants, and three of 
its seven cabinet plants covering in the aggregate approximately 1,623 
employees.  Management considers its employee relations to be 
satisfactory.  

Environmental Matters
---------------------

     The Company's operations are subject to extensive federal, state 
and local laws and regulations relating to the generation, storage, 
handling, emission, transportation and discharge of materials into the 
environment.  Permits are required for certain of the Company's 
operations, and these permits are subject to revocation, modification 
and renewal by issuing authorities.  Governmental authorities have the 
power to enforce compliance with their regulations, and violations may 
result in the payment of fines or the entry of injunctions, or both.  
The Company does not believe it will be required under existing 
environmental laws and enforcement policies to expend amounts which will 
have a material adverse effect on its results of operations or financial 
condition.  However, the requirements of such laws and enforcement 
policies have generally become stricter in recent years.  Accordingly, 
the Company is unable to predict the ultimate cost of compliance with 
environmental laws and enforcement policies.  

Item 2.     Properties
            ----------

     The Company's principal manufacturing facilities are described 
under "- Hardwood Floors Division - Manufacturing" and "- Cabinet 
Division - Manufacturing" above.  Management believes that the Company's 
plants and properties are generally well-maintained and in good 
operating condition.  

     The Company maintains blanket property insurance coverage on all 
its properties with aggregate limits of $100 million.  The Company is 
also insured for losses arising from loss of inventory, business 
interruption and certain extra expense.  Although this coverage is 
sufficient to replace any of the Company's manufacturing facilities, the 
complete loss of the dimension parts plant in Jackson, Tennessee for an 
extended period of time could adversely affect the Company's operations.  
See "- Cabinet Division - Manufacturing" above.  



Item 3.     Legal Proceedings
            -----------------

     The Company is not a party to any material pending legal 
proceedings.  

Item 4.     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
            ---------------------------------------------------

     None.

Executive Officers of the Registrant
------------------------------------

     Set forth below as of December 30, 1994 are the names, ages and 
principal occupations of the executive officers of the Company, as well 
as certain other information concerning their business experience.

     Name and Positions held        Principal Occupation
     with the Company               and Other Information
     -----------------------        ---------------------

     Floyd F. Sherman               Mr. Sherman has served as Chairman
     Chairman of the Board of       of the Board and Chief Executive
     Directors, and Chief           Officer since July, 1992.  Prior to
     Executive Officer              November, 1994 he served as 
                                    President of the Company since 1981.
                                    Prior to 1981, he served as 
                                    Executive Vice President of the
                                    Company.  Mr. Sherman is 55 years
                                    old and became a director of the 
                                    Company in 1986.  

     M. Joseph McHugh               Mr. McHugh has served as President
     Director, President            and Chief Operating Officer of the
     and Chief Operating            Company since November, 1994.  
     Officer                        Prior thereto, he served as Senior
                                    Executive Vice President and 
                                    Treasurer of the Company since 1981.
                                    Prior to 1981, he served as
                                    Executive Vice President of the 
                                    Company.  He became a director of 
                                    the Company in 1986.  Mr. McHugh is
                                    also a director of Pillowtex 
                                    Corporation.  He is 57 years old.  

     Robert J. Symon                Mr. Symon has served as Executive
     Executive Vice President,      Vice President, Treasurer and 
     Treasurer and Chief            Chief Financial Officer of the
     Financial Officer              Company since November, 1994.  Prior
                                    thereto he served as Vice President
                                    - Controller of the Company since
                                    1978.  Mr. Symon is 63 years old and
                                    served as a director of the Company
                                    from December 1988 to June 1992.  

     John G. Conklin                Mr. Conklin has served as 
     Executive Vice President       Executive Vice President of the 
                                    Company since November, 1994.  Prior
                                    thereto he served as a Vice 
                                    President of the Company since 1978.  
                                    He has been President of the Cabinet 
                                    Division since September 1993.  
                                    Prior thereto he was responsible for 
                                    cabinet manufacturing.  Mr. Conklin 
                                    is 61 years old.  



     Darryl T. Marchand             Mr. Marchand has served as Vice 
     Vice President, Secretary      President, Secretary and General
     and General Counsel            Counsel of the Company since 1986.  
                                    Prior thereto he served as Vice 
                                    President - Legal of the Company 
                                    from 1981 to 1986 and as Treasurer 
                                    from February to August, 1981.  Mr. 
                                    Marchand is 52 years old.  

     Charles A. Engle               Mr. Engle has served as a Vice
     Vice President                 President of the Company since 1979. 
                                    His primary responsibility for the 
                                    Company is Cabinet Division sales.  
                                    Mr. Engle is 51 years old.  

     John W. Esch                   Mr. Esch has served as a Vice 
     Vice President                 President of the Company since
                                    November, 1994.  He has been a
                                    division Controller of the Cabinet
                                    Division since 1977.  Mr. Esch is 
                                    50 years old.  

     James T. Fidler                Mr. Fidler has served as a Vice
     Vice President                 President of the Company since 1981. 
                                    Mr. Fidler is primarily responsible 
                                    for data processing for the Company. 
                                    Mr. Fidler is 52 years old.  

     Michael J. Kearins             Mr. Kearins has served as a Vice
     Vice President                 President of the Company since 1985. 
                                    He had been a divisional Vice 
                                    President of sales of the Bruce 
                                    Hardwood Floors Division from 
                                    December, 1983 to May, 1985.  He is 
                                    primarily responsible for sales and 
                                    marketing in the Bruce Hardwood 
                                    Floors Division.  Prior to 1983, he 
                                    had been a Regional Sales Manager of 
                                    the Company.  Mr. Kearins is 48 
                                    years old.  

     E. Dwain Plaster               Mr. Plaster has served as a Vice
     Vice President                 President of the Company since 
                                    November, 1994.  He has been a 
                                    divisional Controller of the Bruce 
                                    Hardwood Floors Division since 1977.  
                                    Mr. Plaster is 45 years old.  

     James E. Price                 Mr. Price has served as a Vice 
     Vice President                 President of the Company since 
                                    November, 1994.  He has been Vice
                                    President of manufacturing of the
                                    Bruce Hardwood Floors Division since
                                    March, 1993.  Prior thereto he was 
                                    General Manager of that division 
                                    since 1984.  He had been a Plant 
                                    Manager of the Company since 1979.  
                                    Mr. Price is 52 years old.  





     Allen Silver                   Mr. Silver has served as a Vice
     Vice President                 President of the Company since 1985. 
                                    Prior to that time he had been a 
                                    divisional Vice President of 
                                    manufacturing of the Cabinet 
                                    Division.  Mr. Silver is 55 years 
                                    old.  

     David Weaver                   Mr. Weaver has served as a Vice
     Vice President                 President of the Company since 
                                    November, 1994.  He has been General 
                                    Manager of the Building Products 
                                    Division since June, 1989.  Prior 
                                    thereto he was a Sales Manager of 
                                    the Company since 1987 and a Sales 
                                    Representative of the Company since 
                                    1968.  Mr. Weaver is 48 years old.  



                                PART II

Item 5.     Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related
            -----------------------------------------------------
            Stockholder Matters
            -------------------

     A)   Price range of common stock

     The following table shows the range of market prices for the common 
stock on the NASDAQ National Market System for each quarter during the 
past two fiscal years.  (Trading began August 11, 1993).

                                        Market Price
          1993                          High     Low
          ----                          ------------
          Third Quarter                 12-1/4    10
          Fourth Quarter                15-7/8    11-3/8

          1994
          ----
          First Quarter                 17-1/4    12-5/8
          Second Quarter                14-1/8    11-1/4
          Third Quarter                 14-3/8    11-1/2
          Fourth Quarter                13-7/8    11-3/4

     B)   Approximate number of equity security holders (As of December 
          30, 1994)

          Class of Security             Number of Record Holders

          Common Stock ($.01 par value)   1,950

     C)   Dividend Policy  

     The Company has not declared or paid any dividends on its Common 
Stock.  Management currently intends to retain future earnings for the 
operation and expansion of the Company's business and does not 
anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.  The 
payment of cash dividends is prohibited under the terms of the bank 
credit facility and is restricted under the terms of the indenture 
relating to the Company's 10 1/2% Senior Notes due 2003.  



Item 6.    Selected Consolidated Financial Data
           ------------------------------------
           (In thousands, except per share amounts)

     The selected consolidated financial data of the Company presented 
below for the five fiscal years ended December 30, 1994 was derived from 
the consolidated financial statements of the Company and should be read 
in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related 
notes included herein.  

               Fiscal    Fiscal    Seven     Five      Fiscal    Fiscal  
               year      year      months    months    year      year    
               ended     ended     ended     ended     ended     ended   
               Dec.      Dec.      Jan.      Jun.      Jan.      Dec.
INCOME          30,       31,       1,        8,        3,        28,
STATEMENT      1994      1993      1993      1992*     1992*     1990*   
DATA          ----------------------------------------------------------
Net sales   $410,159  $346,296  $173,426  $119,417  $256,112  $321,126
Cost of 
 sales       300,160   269,360   137,413    90,991   204,026   250,305
             ----------------------------------------------------------
Gross
 profit      109,999    76,936    36,013    28,426    52,086    70,821
Selling,
 general and
 admin-
 istrative    57,928    44,213    27,179    19,404    41,597    47,383 
Gain on 
 insurance
 settlement        -         -    (1,350)   (3,624)        -         - 
Amortization
 of goodwill   1,520     1,613       884     1,863     4,463     4,463 
Interest      18,920    19,406    11,289    25,786    59,719    56,983 
            -----------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss)
 before income
 taxes and
 extra-
 ordinary 
 item         31,631    11,704    (1,989)  (15,003)  (53,693)  (38,008)
Provision 
 (benefit) for
 income
 taxes        12,829     4,501      (940)        -   (10,028)  (12,857)
            -----------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss)
 before extra-
 ordinary 
 item         18,802     7,203    (1,049)  (15,003)  (43,665)  (25,151)
Extraordinary 
 items - gain 
 from extin-
 guishment
 of debt           -         -         -   201,308         -         -
 - Loss from 
 repayment of 
 debt              -   (11,307)        -         -         -         -
           -----------------------------------------------------------
Net income
 (loss)     $ 18,802  $ (4,104) $ (1,049) $186,305  $(43,665) $(25,151)
            ===========================================================



Per share
 data: (1)
Net income
 (loss)
 before
extraordinary 
 items      $   1.28  $   0.74  $ (0.16)
Net income 
 (loss)     $   1.28  $  (0.42) $ (0.16)

Weighted
 average
 shares out-
 standing     14,660     9,714    6,707


                                         Fiscal years ended
                                    ---------------------------
                                    December 31,     January 1, 
                                       1993             1993    
                                    ------------     ---------- 
Pro-Forma Income Data (3)
Net income (loss) before 
 extraordinary items, as reported  $   7,203         $  (16,052)
Pro-Forma adjustments re:
 1992 restructuring & 1993
 recapitalization                        490             16,852
                                   ----------        ----------
Pro-Forma net income before
 extraordinary items               $   7,693         $      800
                                   ==========        ==========
Pro-Forma net income before
 extraordinary items, per share    $    0.53               0.05
Weighted average shares
 outstanding                          14,648             14,648

               Dec.      Dec.      Jan.      June      Jan.      Dec.
BALANCE         30,       31,       1,        8,        3,        28,
SHEET DATA     1994      1993      1993      1992*     1992*     1990*   
              ---------------------------------------------------------
Working
 capital    $ 94,354  $ 74,082  $ 53,480  $ 79,421  $  78,927  $ 63,599
Total assets 363,451   326,545   302,259   323,563    453,105   465,352
Long-term 
 debt, net 
 of current 
 maturities, and
 redeemable
 preferred 
 stock       168,388   162,897   198,332   222,483    470,506   450,948
Common 
 shareholders'
 investment  106,894 $  88,047  $ 18,951  $ 20,000  $(121,081) $(71,218)

* Prior to the restructuring on June 8, 1992 (See Notes 2 and 3 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements).  
__________
(1)  As the Company was a wholly-owned subsidiary of another company, 
     earnings per share are not meaningful for the periods prior to 
     June 8, 1992.  
(2)  The balance sheet data as of June 8, 1992 (unaudited) reflects the 
     quasi-reorganization adjustments recorded by the Company on that 
     date.  (See Notes 2 and 3 to the Consolidated Financial 
     Statements).  
(3)  See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  



Item 7.     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION 
            AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Results of Operations
---------------------

     The following table sets forth selected information concerning the 
Company's results of operations for fiscal 1994, 1993 and 1992.  For 
clarity of presentation, the discussion of results of operations for 
fiscal 1992 reflects the combined results of operations for the five 
month period ended June 8, 1992, the date the 1992 Restructuring was 
completed, and the seven month period ended January 1, 1993.  

                                                     Fiscal Year       
                                               ------------------------
                                                1994     1993     1992 
                                               ------   ------   ------
                                                 (Dollars in millions) 
Net sales:  

   Hardwood Floors Division                    $244.0   $202.0   $152.9
   Cabinet Division                             146.5    125.6    123.2
   Building Products Division                    21.5     20.7     19.2
   Intracompany sales                            (1.8)    (2.0)    (2.5)
                                                -----    -----    -----

     Total net sales                            410.2    346.3    292.8
                                                =====    =====    =====

Gross profit                                    110.0     76.9     64.4
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses                                        57.9     44.2     46.6
Gain on insurance settlement                        -        -     (5.0)
Amortization of goodwill                          1.5      1.6      2.7
                                                -----    -----    -----

Operating income                               $ 50.6   $ 31.1   $ 20.1
                                                =====    =====    =====

As a percent of net sales:
   Gross profit                                  26.8%    22.2%    22.0%
   Selling, general and administrative
     expenses                                    14.1     12.8     15.9
   Operating income                              12.3      9.0      6.9

Fiscal year 1994 compared to Fiscal year 1993
---------------------------------------------

     Net sales for fiscal 1994 were $410.2 million, or 18.4% greater 
than the $346.3 million in net sales for fiscal 1993.  Net sales for the 
Hardwood Floors Division increased 20.8% to $244.0 million from $202.0 
million in the prior year.  The increase in hardwood flooring sales 
resulted primarily from an increase in units sold.  The second half of 
1994 benefited from the sales generated by Premier Wood Floors which was 
acquired on July 1, 1994.  

     Cabinet Division net sales for 1994 were $146.5 million, or an 
increase of 16.7% over 1993 net sales of $125.6 million.  While unit 
sales increased by 2.7% the major portion of the growth in sales was 
attributable to a more favorable mix of cabinets sold and to a lesser 
extent to price increases.  

     Net sales of the Building Products Division increased 3.9% in 1994 
to $21.5 million compared to $20.7 million in 1993.  

     Gross profit for fiscal 1994 was $110.0 million, or 26.8% of net 
sales, compared to $76.9 million or 22.2% of net sales in fiscal 1993.  
The improvement in gross profit resulted primarily from higher unit 
sales and to a lesser extent from increased prices.  Lower lumber costs 
in 1994 compared to 1993 were also a significant factor.  In addition 
the Company benefited from improved efficiency generated at the plants 
and in part by capital improvements in recent years to increase 
productivity.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses were $57.9 million, or 
14.1% of net sales, in fiscal 1994 compared to $44.2 million, or 12.8% 
of net sales in fiscal 1993.  The major portion of the increased 
expenses was higher spending levels for selling expense in the Hardwood 
Floors Division.  These increased expenses were for consumer, co-op and 
trade advertising, display and tradeshow expenses and the expenses 
associated with the promotion of new products.  Administrative expenses 
were higher due to larger provisions for incentive bonuses and profit 
sharing plans in accordance with pre-set goals.  

     Operating income was $50.6 million, or 12.3% of net sales, in 
fiscal 1994 compared to $31.1 million, or 9.0% of net sales in fiscal 
1993.  These improved results were generated by the improved performance 
in gross profit offset in part by higher levels of spending for selling, 
general and administrative expenses.  

     Interest expense was $18.9 million in fiscal 1994 compared to $19.4 
million in fiscal 1993.  

     Net income for fiscal 1994 was $18.8 million compared to net income 
before an extraordinary item for fiscal 1993 of $7.2 million.  Higher 
net sales along with an increase in operating income accounted for this 
improvement.  

Fiscal year 1993 compared to Fiscal year 1992
---------------------------------------------

     Net sales for fiscal 1993 were $346.3 million, or 18.3% greater 
than the $292.8 million in net sales for fiscal 1992.  Net sales for the 
Hardwood Floors Division increased 32.1% to $202.0 million from $152.9 
million in the prior year.  The increase in hardwood flooring sales 
resulted from increased unit sales and increased average sales prices.  
Cabinet Division net sales for the year were $125.6 million or an 
increase of 1.9% over 1992 net sales of $123.2 million.  During 1993, we 
focused our sales and marketing attention on the stronger and more 
stable single-family housing markets, yet without deserting either the 
multi-family or home center business.  Net sales of the Building 
Products Division increased 7.8% to $20.7 million from $19.2 million in 
the prior year.  The increased sales resulted primarily from an improved 
housing market in the Washington, D.C., Baltimore and Northern Virginia 
areas.  

     Gross profit for fiscal 1993 was $76.9 million or 22.2% of net 
sales, compared to $64.4 million, or 22.0% of net sales in the previous 
year.  All divisions experienced higher raw material prices, especially 
for lumber and logs.  Increased sales prices, together with improved 
operations and plant utilization, especially in the Hardwood Floors 
Division, resulted in the modest improvement in gross profit as a 
percent of sales.  

     Selling, general and administrative expenses were $44.2 million or 
12.8% of net sales, in fiscal 1993 compared to $46.6 million, or 15.9% 
of net sales, in the prior year. The reduction in spending for selling, 
general and administrative expenses was primarily in the Cabinet 
Division where salaried payroll and related expenses were reduced.  Also 
in 1992, selling, general and administrative expenses included a $.9 
million expense relating to the common stock issued to management in 
connection with the 1992 Restructuring.  

     Operating income was $31.1 million, or 9.0% of net sales, in fiscal 
1993 compared to $20.1 million or 6.9% of net sales, in the previous 
year.  The improvement was $16.0 million before the gain in 1992 of $5.0 
million from the Thompsontown cabinet plant fire insurance settlement.  
The improved results were attributable to higher net sales, slightly 
higher gross margins, lower selling, general and administrative expenses 
and lower goodwill amortization attributable to the 1992 Restructuring. 

     Interest expense was $19.4 million in fiscal 1993 compared to $37.1 
million, in the prior fiscal year due principally to the effects of the 
1992 Restructuring.  

     Net income before an extraordinary item for fiscal 1993 was $7.2 
million compared to a net loss of $16.1 million before an extraordinary 
item in fiscal 1992.  Higher net sales, the reduction in interest 
expense and increase in operating income were significant factors in 
this improvement.  

Liquidity And Capital Resources
-------------------------------

     In 1993 the Company completed two public offerings of 7,939,750 
shares of the Company's common stock and $160 million aggregate 
principal amount of 10-1/2% senior notes.  The net proceeds of the 
public offerings, together with borrowings under a new $90 million bank 
credit facility executed on August 4, 1993, (the "New Credit Facility") 
were used (i) to repay the entire unpaid balance under the Company's 
previously existing senior debt financing agreements, redeem certain 
previously outstanding debentures and pay related accrued interest, for 
a total of approximately $227 million, and (ii) for working capital and 
general corporate purposes.  As a result of this repayment of debt, the 
Company incurred an extraordinary loss of approximately $11.3 million, 
net of tax, as a result of the original issue discount on certain of the 
repaid notes as well as the premium required to redeem the debentures.  
The New Credit Facility provides for up to $90 million of revolving 
credit loans for working capital and for letters of credit.  
Availability of borrowings under the New Credit Facility is based upon a 
formula related to inventory and accounts receivable.  At December 30, 
1994, there were no borrowings under this facility.  

     For the fiscal year ended December 30, 1994, cash increased by 
$24.1 million.  Net cash provided by operating activities was $37.0 
million and $7.0 million was received from Industrial Revenue Bond Notes 
issued to finance the expansion of the Bruce Hardwood Floors plant in 
Port Gibson, Mississippi.  Cash of $20.9 million was used primarily for 
additions to property, plant and equipment, the expansion of the Port 
Gibson plant, construction deposits relating to expansion of the 
Hardwood Floors plant in West Virginia, long-term debt payments and the 
acquisition of Premier Wood Floors on July 1, 1994 for approximately 
$5.1 million.  

     At December 30, 1994, the Company had working capital of $94.4 
million, or 26.0% of total assets, and $56.3 million of unused bank 
borrowing capacity.  

     As of December 30, 1994, the Company has utilized all net operating 
loss carryforward benefits.  For 1994 $10.7 million of Federal and state 
income taxes have been paid or are payable.  In 1993 the comparable 
amount was $.2 million.    

     The Company believes that borrowing availability under the New 
Credit Facility and cash generated from operations will be adequate to 
fund working capital requirements, debt service payments and the planned 
capital expenditures of $34 million, of which $8 million is applicable 
to a portion of a planned new hardwood floors plant scheduled to start 
construction in the third quarter of 1995.  




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors of Triangle Pacific Corp.:

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of 
Triangle Pacific Corp. and subsidiaries (a Delaware corporation) as of 
December 30, 1994 and December 31, 1993, and the related consolidated 
statements of operations, changes in shareholders' investment and cash 
flows for the fiscal years ended December 30, 1994 and December 31, 
1993, the seven-month period ended January 1, 1993 and the five-month 
period ended June 8, 1992.  These financial statements and the schedule 
referred to below, are the responsibility of the Company's management.  
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial 
statements and schedule based on our audits.  

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted 
auditing standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes 
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes 
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made 
by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement 
presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for 
our opinion.  

     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to 
above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position 
of Triangle Pacific Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 30, 1994 and 
December 31, 1993 and the results of their operations and their cash 
flows for the fiscal years ended December 30, 1994 and December 31, 
1993, the seven-month period ended January 1, 1993 and the five-month 
period ended June 8, 1992, in conformity with generally accepted 
accounting principles.  

     Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the 
basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.  Schedule II 
is the responsibility of the Company's management and is presented for 
purposes of complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission's 
rules and is not part of the basic consolidated financial statements.  
This schedule has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in 
our audits of the basic consolidated financial statements and, in our 
opinion, fairly states in all material respects the financial data 
required to be set forth therein in relation to the basic consolidated 
financial statements taken as a whole.  



                                 ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP




Dallas, Texas
February 6, 1995





                  TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                       CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                            (In Thousands)
                                       December 30,      December 31,
ASSETS                                    1994              1993     
Current assets:                        -----------       ------------
     Cash and cash equivalents         $  24,906         $      785  
     Receivables (net of allowances
       of $2,491 & $3,323 respectively)   43,303             39,454
     Inventories                          70,900             64,072
     Prepaid expenses                      3,934              4,273
                                        --------           --------
          Total current assets           143,043            108,584
                                        --------           --------
Property, plant and equipment:
     Land                                 12,003             13,452
     Buildings                            43,452             43,382
     Equipment, furniture and fixtures    79,568             65,759
                                        --------           --------
                                         135,023            122,593
Less accumulated depreciation             21,110             13,171
                                        --------           --------
                                         113,913            109,422
Other assets:
     Goodwill                             56,617             58,026
     Trademark                            29,933             30,733
     Other                                13,237             11,654
     Deferred financing costs              6,708              8,126
                                        --------           --------
Total assets                           $ 363,451          $ 326,545
                                        ========           ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' INVESTMENT
Current liabilities
     Current portion of long-term debt $   1,527          $   1,467
     Accounts payable                     17,723             13,336
     Accrued liabilities                  28,112             19,699
     Income taxes payable                  1,327                  -
                                        --------           --------
          Total current liabilities       48,689             34,502
                                        --------           --------
Long-term debt, net of current portion   168,388            162,897
                                        --------           --------
Deferred income taxes                     39,480             41,099
                                        --------           --------
          Total liabilities              256,557            238,498
                                        ========           ========
Shareholders' investment:
     Common stock - $.01 par value,
       authorized shares - 30,000,000
       issued and outstanding shares -
       14,662,609 at December 30, 1994
       and 14,647,607 at 
       December 31, 1993                     147                146
     Additional paid-in capital           93,098             93,054
     Retained earnings (deficit)          13,649             (5,153)
                                        --------           --------
Total shareholders' investment           106,894             88,047
                                        --------           --------
Total liabilities and shareholders'
  investment                           $ 363,451          $ 326,545
                                        ========           ========
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an 
integral part of these balance sheets.  
                TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
               (In Thousands, except per share amounts)

                         Fiscal        Fiscal        Seven       Five
                          Year          Year         Months     Months
                         Ended         Ended         Ended      Ended
                      December 30,   December 31,  January 1,   June 8,
                         1994          1993          1993        1992*
                      -------------------------------------------------
Net Sales               $410,159       $346,296     $173,426   $119,417
                         -------        -------      -------    -------
Costs and expenses:
     Cost of sales       300,160        269,360      137,413     90,991
     Selling, general
       and administrative 57,928         44,213       27,179     19,404
     Gain on insurance
       settlement              -              -       (1,350)    (3,624)
     Amortization of
       goodwill            1,520          1,613          884      1,863
     Interest             18,920         19,406       11,289     25,786
                         -------        -------      -------    -------
                         378,528        334,592      175,415    134,420
Income (loss) before
  income taxes and
  extraordinary items     31,631         11,704       (1,989)   (15,003)
Provision (benefit) 
  for income taxes        12,829          4,501         (940)         -
                         -------        -------      -------    -------
Net income (loss) before
  extraordinary items     18,802          7,203       (1,049)   (15,003)
Extraordinary items
     Gain from exting-
       uishment of debt        -              -            -    201,308
     Loss from re-
       payment of debt,
       net of tax              -        (11,307)           -          -
                         -------        -------      -------    -------
Net income (loss)       $ 18,802       $ (4,104)    $ (1,049)  $186,305
                         =======        =======      =======    =======
Per Share Data:
Net income (loss) before
  extraordinary items   $   1.28       $   0.74     $  (0.16)       (1)
Net income (loss)       $   1.28       $  (0.42)    $  (0.16)
Weighted average share
  outstanding             14,660          9,714        6,707



                                        Fiscal Years Ended
                                     ------------------------
                                     December 31,  January 1, 
                                         1993         1993    
                                     ------------------------
Pro-Forma Income Data(unaudited) (See Note 10)
Net income (loss)
  before extraordinary
  items, as reported                   $  7,203     $(16,052)
Pro-Forma adjustments
  re: 1992 restructuring
  and 1993 recapitalization                 490       16,852
                                        -------      -------
Pro-Forma net income before
  extraordinary items                  $  7,693     $    800
                                        =======      =======
Pro-Forma net income before
  extraordinary items,
  per share                             $  0.53     $   0.05
Weighted average shares
  outstanding                            14,648       14,648

(1)  As the Company was a wholly-owned subsidiary of another company, 
     earnings per share for the periods prior to June 8, 1992, are not 
     meaningful.  
*    Prior to the restructuring on June 8, 1992 (see Notes 2 and 3 for 
     additional information).  


































The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an 
integral part of these statements.  
                 TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' INVESTMENT
                for the Five Months Ended June 8, 1992, 
              for the Seven Months Ended January 1, 1993, 
              for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1993, 
             and for the Fiscal Year Ended December 30, 1994
                            (In Thousands)

                                       Carryover
                           Additional  Basis of  Retained
                   Common   Paid-in    Common    Earnings
                   Stock    Capital    Stock     (Deficit)     Total  
                   -----------------------------------------------------
Balance,
 January 3, 1992*  $   1   $ 14,999   $(26,000)  $(110,081)   $(121,081)
Net income             -          -          -     186,305      186,305
Dividends on 
 mandatory redeemable
 preferred stock       -          -          -      (2,913)      (2,913)
Quasi-reorganization
 adjustments - net    66      4,934     26,000     (73,311)     (42,311)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance,
 June 8, 1992       $ 67   $ 19,933   $      -   $       -    $  20,000
Net loss               -          -          -      (1,049)      (1,049)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance,
 January 1, 1993    $ 67   $ 19,933   $      -   $  (1,049)   $  18,951
Net loss               -          -          -      (4,104)      (4,104)
Sale of Common 
 Stock - net          79     73,121          -           -       73,200
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance,
 December 31, 1993  $146   $ 93,054   $      -   $  (5,153)   $  88,047
Net income             -          -          -      18,802       18,802
Exercise of stock
 options               1         44          -           -           45
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance,
 December 30, 1994  $147   $ 93,098   $      -   $  13,649    $ 106,894
=======================================================================
*Prior to the restructuring on June 8, 1992 (See Notes 2 and 3 for 
additional information).  


















The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an 
integral part of these statements.  
                 TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                               (In Thousands)
                        Fiscal        Fiscal        Seven       Five
                        Year          Year          Months      Months
                        Ended         Ended         Ended       Ended
                        December 30,  December 31,  January 1,  June 8,
                        1994           1993           1993      1992*
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from 
 operating activities:
   Net income (loss)   $  18,802   $  (4,104)    $  (1,049)   $ 186,305
   Adjustments:
     Depreciation          8,217       7,929         5,255        3,734
     Deferred income
       taxes               2,163       2,680          (940)           -
     Gain on insurance
       settlement              -           -        (1,350)      (3,624)
     Amortization of
       goodwill and
       trademark           2,320       2,413         1,351        2,279
     Amortization of
       deferred financing
       costs               1,432         536             -        1,603
     Amortization of
       original issue
       discount                -       1,037           749            -
     Extraordinary items       -      11,307             -     (201,308)
     Provision for 
       doubtful accounts     884         485         1,438          678
     Other                    -            -             -          106
   Changes in assets 
   and liabilities:
     Receivables          (3,936)     (7,522)       (2,351)      (4,529)
     Inventories          (6,328)    (16,460)        2,151       (7,387)
     Prepaid expenses        364         982         1,436       (1,316)
     Accounts payable      4,238       1,502         5,553         (408)
     Accrued liabilities-
       other               6,637       1,414        (3,115)       4,058
     Accrued liabilities-
       interest            1,197       3,688         2,795       10,052
     Income taxes payable  1,327           -             -            -
     Deferred 
       compensation            -      (5,068)          147          105
     Other                  (278)      1,684        (2,821)      (2,087)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by
 (used in) operating
 activities               37,039       2,503         9,249      (11,739)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from investing
 activities:
   Proceeds from sale
    of property, plant
    and equipment            913          34            3            41
   Additions to 
    property, plant
    and equipment        (12,217)     (7,636)      (2,386)         (890)
   Acquisition of
    Premier Wood Floors   (5,123)          -            -             -
   Construction deposits  (2,073)     (7,504)           -           (18)
------------------------------------------------------------------------


Net cash used in 
 investing activities    (18,500)    (15,106)      (2,383)         (867)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from financing
 activities:
   Long-term debt
    borrowings             7,000         500            -             -
   Long-term debt
    payments              (1,449)    (10,332)     (22,890)         (908)
   Tranche I and II
    Note payments              -    (207,400)           -             -
   Restructuring costs         -           -            -        (2,994)
   Refinancing costs         (14)    (14,860)           -             -
   Proceeds from senior
    notes issued               -     160,000            -             -
   Sale of common stock        -      79,398            -             -
   Exercise of stock
    options                   45           -            -             -
   Reimbursement of 
    construction deposits      -       5,535            -             -
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by 
 (used in) financing
 activities                5,582     12,841       (22,890)       (3,902)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease)
 in cash                $ 24,121   $    238    $ (16,024)      $(16,508)
Cash and cash 
 equivalents, beginning
 of period                   785        547       16,571         33,079
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash 
 equivalents end of 
 period                 $ 24,906   $    785    $     547       $ 16,571
========================================================================

Supplemental disclosures
 of cash flow information:
  Cash paid during
   the period for:
     Interest (net of
       amount 
       capitalized)     $ 16,969   $ 14,667    $   8,035       $ 14,029
     Income taxes          8,935         45            -              -
Supplemental schedule of
 non-cash investing and
 financing activities:
   Accrued dividends on
     preferred stock    $     -    $      -    $       -       $  2,913

*Prior to the restructuring on June 8, 1992 (see Notes 2 and 3 for 
additional information).  








The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an 
integral part of these statements.  
TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - 1993 RECAPITALIZATION:

     The Company filed in 1993 two registration statements with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission and sold to the public 7,939,750 
shares of the Company's Common Stock and $160 million aggregate 
principal amount of 10 1/2% Senior Notes due 2003 ("the Offerings").  
The net proceeds of the Offerings together with borrowings under a new 
$90 million bank credit facility (the "New Credit Facility") were used 
(i) to repay the entire unpaid balance under the Company's previously-
existing senior debt financing agreements, redeem certain previously 
outstanding debentures and pay related accrued interest, for a total of 
approximately $227 million, and (ii) for working capital and general 
corporate purposes.  As a result of this repayment of debt the Company 
incurred an extraordinary loss of $11.3 million, net of tax, as a result 
of the original issue discount on certain of the repaid notes as well as 
the premium required to redeem the debentures.  

     On June 14, 1993, the Company's Board of Directors approved a 
reclassification pursuant to which each share of Series A Common Stock 
was changed and converted into .67 of a share of Common Stock.  The 
transaction became effective upon completion of the Offerings described 
above and has been reflected retroactively in the accompanying 
consolidated financial statements.  

NOTE 2 - 1992 RESTRUCTURING:  

     On June 8, 1992, the Company successfully completed a capital 
restructuring (the "1992 Restructuring") pursuant to which substantially 
all of the Company's then outstanding long-term indebtedness, redeemable 
preferred stock and common stock were exchanged for new debt with lower 
interest rates and new common stock.  

     Under the 1992 Restructuring, the Company entered into amendments 
to its previously existing senior debt financing agreements pursuant to 
which $237.4 million principal amount of senior indebtedness outstanding 
prior to the restructuring plus accrued and unpaid interest through June 
8, 1992 was restructured as approximately $150.0 million principal 
amount of Tranche I Term Notes, $30.0 million principal amount of 
Tranche I Revolving Notes, $57.4 million principal amount of Tranche II 
Notes and approximately 9% of the Company's new Series A Common Stock.  
In addition, approximately $11.6 million of letters of credit remained 
outstanding under a facility pursuant to which they could be renewed or 
replaced.  The Tranche II Notes were recorded at $37.3 million, which 
the Company and its investment bankers estimated to be the market value. 
The difference was treated as original issue discount and amortized over 
the life of the Tranche II Notes, which were to have matured on June 30, 
1999.  

     The senior subordinated split coupon reset debentures, a note 
payable to the former principal shareholder, other obligations, the 
mandatory redeemable preferred stock and common stock outstanding prior 
to the 1992 Restructuring were exchanged for new shares of common stock.  
The mandatory redeemable preferred stock and the special preferred stock 
were retired in conjunction with the 1992 Restructuring.  

     In addition to the exchange for common stock, the principal 
shareholder prior to the 1992 Restructuring received warrants entitling 
the holder to purchase up to approximately .8 million shares of common 
stock at prices ranging from $22.39 to $37.31 per share.  The Warrants 
are currently exercisable and will terminate, if not previously 
exercised, on June 8, 1999.  No value was assigned to these warrants 
since the exercise prices are significantly higher than the current 
value of the common stock.  

     In connection with the 1992 Restructuring, the Company entered into 
an agreement with certain members of management pursuant to which, 
shortly after the 1992 Restructuring, the Company issued to such members 
of management 200,990 shares of common stock and stock options to 
purchase 201,007 shares of common stock.  The exercisability of such 
options is tied to the achievement of certain levels of operating 
income.  A portion of the options became exercisable as a result of the 
Company's 1992, 1993 and 1994 operating results.  In connection with the 
issuance of the common stock in 1992, management shareholders incurred 
ordinary income tax liability and were compensated by the Company for a 
portion of the tax liability arising from receipt of such shares and 
such incremental compensation.  Such compensation was expensed in 
conjunction with the 1992 Restructuring.  

NOTE 3 - QUASI-REORGANIZATION ELECTION:  

     In connection with the 1992 Restructuring, the Company's Board of 
Directors approved quasi-reorganization accounting procedures.  Under 
these procedures an entity restates its assets and liabilities at fair 
value and eliminates its accumulated deficit.  Such adjustments are 
reflected entirely through the Company's capital accounts.  None of the 
adjustments are recorded through the income statement.  Such adjustments 
included both the quasi-reorganization related fair value restatements 
of assets, liabilities, and equity as well as the recognition of the 
1992 Restructuring.  Because the Company's historical and future 
expected operations exhibited an ability to cover amortization of its 
intangibles on an earnings before interest and tax basis, the partial 
write-down of such intangibles by approximately $98.4 million was 
reflected by the Company as a quasi-reorganization adjustment.  Other 
principal adjustments made in conjunction with the quasi-reorganization 
election included (i) the extinguishment of senior bank debt of 
approximately $261.0 million, senior subordinated debentures of 
approximately $218.9 million, notes, obligations, and payables of 
approximately $10.3 million, mandatory redeemable preferred stock of 
approximately $44.9 million and the common stock of $15.0 million and 
(ii) the recording of new senior debt of approximately $217.3 million 
and new common stock of $20.0 million.  This transfer resulted in a gain 
from extinguishment of debt of approximately $201.3 million, net of 
deferred financing costs and restructuring costs of $11.6 million.  In 
addition, the property, plant and equipment was revalued resulting in a 
decrease in net book value of $3.0 million.  An additional decrease in 
net book value of $6.5 million was recorded prior to January 1, 1993.  
The trademark was also reduced by approximately $4.3 million to fair 
value.  In addition, a write-down of certain deferred financing costs of 
approximately $4.5 million and restructuring costs of approximately $5.9 
million was included as part of the quasi-reorganization adjustments.  
Because the Company has adopted the provision of SFAS No. 109, 
Accounting for Income Taxes, it is required to gross up the fair value 
of the net assets to, in effect, ignore the tax consequences of the 
differences between the market value and tax bases of its assets and 
liabilities.  Such tax consequences are then recognized through the 
recording of a corresponding deferred tax asset or liability.  The 
deferred tax liability was increased by approximately $20.3 million due 
to the loss of the net operating loss carryforwards, and by 
approximately $10.4 million for the tax effects of other quasi-
reorganization adjustments.  The final quasi-reorganization accounting 
adjustment was to eliminate the accumulated deficit of the Company.  


NOTE 4 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:  

Basis of Consolidation:
-----------------------

     The consolidated financial statements include the financial 
statements of Triangle Pacific Corp. and its subsidiaries.  The Company 
maintains its records on a 52/53 week year.  

Prior Period Reclassifications:
-------------------------------

     Certain reclassifications have been made to the December 31, 1993 
balances, in order to conform to the current year presentation.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents:
--------------------------

     The Company considers all investments with an original maturity of 
less than three months to be cash equivalents.  

Inventories:
------------

     Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market.  The last-
in, first-out (LIFO) method is used for certain lumber inventories and 
the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method is used for all other inventories.  
Inventories valued by the LIFO method were $20,870,000 at December 30, 
1994 and $23,965,000 at December 31, 1993.  Had all inventories been 
valued by the FIFO method, which approximates current cost, inventories 
would have been increased by $2,069,000 at December 30, 1994 and 
$4,420,000 at December 31, 1993.  Raw materials inventories include 
purchased parts and supplies to be used in manufactured products.  Work-
in-process and finished goods inventories include material, labor and 
overhead costs incurred in the manufacturing process.  The major 
components of inventories are as follows:  

                                    December 30,      December 31,
                                        1994              1993    
                                    ------------------------------
                                            (in thousands)
     Raw materials                  $ 39,092          $ 42,045
     Work-in-process                   3,640             3,125
     Finished goods                   28,168            18,902
                                      ------            ------
          Total                     $ 70,900          $ 64,072
                                     =======           =======

Property, Plant and Equipment:
------------------------------

     Property, plant and equipment are stated at fair value as of June 
8, 1992, plus acquisition or construction cost subsequent thereto.  
Expenditures for maintenance, repairs, renewals and improvements which 
do not extend the useful life's of assets are charged to appropriate 
expense accounts in the year incurred.  Upon disposition of an asset, 
cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any 
gain or loss is included in the results of operations.  Depreciation and 
amortization are computed on the straight-line basis using the following 
estimated useful lives:  

     Buildings                            10 to 50 years
     Equipment, furniture and fixtures     3 to 22 years

     Amortization of leasehold improvements is provided over the terms 
of the leases or the useful lives of the assets, whichever is shorter.  
For income tax purposes, all assets are depreciated under allowable tax 
depreciation methods.  

Intangible Assets:
------------------

     The Company annually evaluates its carrying value and expected 
period of benefit of trademark and goodwill in relation to results of 
operations. In determining the recoverability of these assets the 
Company analyzes its historical and future ability to generate earnings 
before interest and taxes using the non-discounted method.  Deferred 
financing costs are being amortized on the straight-line method over the 
lives of the related debt.  The trademark and goodwill are being 
amortized over 40 years.  Accumulated amortization of trademark and 
goodwill is $2,067,000 and $4,017,000 respectively at December 30, 1994 
and $1,267,000 and $2,497,000, respectively at December 31, 1993.  

Fair Value of Financial Instruments:
------------------------------------

     The Company's cash equivalents and long-term debt are recorded at 
cost, which approximates fair market value at December 30, 1994.  

NOTE 5 - LONG TERM DEBT:

     Long-term debt consists of the following:  


                                    December 30,      December 31,
                                        1994              1993    
                                    ------------------------------
                                            (in thousands)
     Mortgages payable             $   9,915         $   4,364
     Senior Notes, 10 1/2%
        due 8-1-2003                 160,000           160,000
                                    --------          --------

                                     169,915           164,364

     Less:  Current portion
        of long-term debt             (1,527)           (1,467)
                                    --------          --------
                                   $ 168,388         $ 162,897
                                    ========          ========

     Letters of credit outstanding at December 30, 1994 and December 31, 
1993 were $9.8 million under a facility pursuant to which they can be 
renewed or replaced.  

Senior Notes:
-------------

     The Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company 
with an aggregate principal of $160 million.  The Senior Notes mature on 
August 1, 2003 and bear interest at an annual rate of 10 1/2%, payable 
in two equal semi-annual installments of $8,400,000 each, with each 
semi-annual period deemed to have 180 days.  The Senior Notes were 
issued under an Indenture (the "Indenture") between the Company and a 
predecessor to Texas Commerce Bank National Association, as Trustee (the 
"Trustee").  The Senior Notes rank pari passu with all present and 
future senior indebtedness of the Company and senior to all present and 
future subordinated indebtedness of the Company.  However, because 
borrowings under the New Credit Facility are secured by inventory and 
accounts receivable of the Company and the proceeds thereof, the Senior 
Notes are effectively subordinated to such borrowings to the extent of 
such security interest.  

     The Senior Notes are not redeemable prior to August 1, 1998.  
Thereafter, the Senior Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company 
at redemption prices specified in the Indenture.  The Senior Notes are 
not subject to any mandatory sinking fund requirements.  

     Upon a "change of control" (as defined in the Indenture), the 
Company is required to offer to purchase all outstanding Senior Notes at 
101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest to the date 
of repurchase.  In addition, the Company may be required to offer to 
purchase the Senior Notes at 100% of the principal amount plus accrued 
interest with the net cash proceeds of certain sales or other 
dispositions of assets.  

     The Indenture contains covenants which limit, among other things, 
the incurrence of additional indebtedness by the Company and its 
subsidiaries, the payment of dividends on or the purchase of the capital 
stock of the Company ("Restricted Payments"), the creation of liens on 
the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, the creation of certain 
restrictions on the payment of dividends and other distributions by the 
Company's subsidiaries, the issuance of preferred stock by the Company's 
subsidiaries, and certain mergers, sales of assets and transactions with 
affiliates.  

     Based on the Company's operations through December 30, 1994, the 
amount of Restricted Payments that the Company could make under the 
Indenture was $15,440,000.

     The Indenture specifies a number of events of default including, 
among others, the failure to make timely principal and interest payments 
or to perform the covenants contained therein.  The Indenture contains a 
cross-default to other indebtedness of the Company aggregating more than 
$5,000,000 and certain customary bankruptcy and insolvency defaults.  
Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the Indenture, the 
Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the 
outstanding Senior Notes may declare all amounts thereunder immediately 
due and payable, except that such amounts automatically become 
immediately due and payable in the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency 
default.  

New Credit Facility:
--------------------

     The Company has entered into the New Credit Facility, which 
provides for up to $90 million of revolving loans for working capital 
and general corporate purposes and for letters of credit.  Availability 
of borrowings under the New Credit Facility is based upon a formula 
related to inventory and accounts receivable.  At December 30, 1994, the 
Company had no borrowings under the New Credit Facility and had $56.3 
million of Borrowing capacity under this facility.  Borrowings under the 
New Credit Facility bear interest at the agent's prime rate plus 1% 
(9.5% at December 30, 1994) or, at the Company's option, at certain 
alternate floating rates and is secured by a pledge of the Company's 
inventory and accounts receivable.  The New Credit Facility expires on 
August 4, 1996.  

     The New Credit Facility contains covenants which restrict, among 
other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness and rental 
obligations by the Company and its subsidiaries, the payment of 
dividends and other distributions in respect of the capital stock of the 
Company, the creation of liens on the assets of the Company and its 
subsidiaries, the creation of certain restrictions on the payment of 
dividends and other distributions by the Company's subsidiaries, the 
making of investments and capital expenditures by the Company and its 
subsidiaries, the creation of new subsidiaries by the Company, and 
certain mergers, sales of assets and transactions with affiliates.  

     The New Credit Facility also contains certain financial covenants 
relating to the consolidated financial condition of the Company and its 
subsidiaries, including covenants relating to their net worth, the ratio 
of their earnings to their fixed charges, the ratio of their earnings to 
their interest expense, the ratio of their current assets to their 
current liabilities, and the ratio of their indebtedness to their total 
capitalization.  At December 30, 1994, the Company was in compliance 
with all financial covenants.  

     The New Credit Facility specifies a number of events of default 
including, among others, the failure to make timely payments of 
principal, fees, and interest, the failure to perform the covenants 
contained therein, the failure of representations and warranties to be 
true, the occurrence of a "change of control" (as defined in the New 
Credit Facility, to include, among other things, the ownership by any 
person or group of more than 25% or, (in case of The TCW Group, Inc. and 
its affiliates, 50%) of the total voting securities of the Company), and 
certain impairments of the security for the New Credit Facility.  The 
New Credit Facility also contains a cross-default to other indebtedness 
of the Company aggregating more than $2,000,000 and certain customary 
bankruptcy, insolvency and similar defaults.  Upon the occurrence of an 
event of default under the New Credit Facility, at least three of the 
lenders holding at least 60% in amount of the principal indebtedness 
outstanding under the New Credit Facility may declare all amounts 
thereunder immediately due and payable, except that such amounts 
automatically become immediately due and payable in the event of certain 
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar defaults.  

     The New Credit Facility generally prohibits the Company from 
prepaying the Senior Notes whether the prepayment would result from the 
redemption of the Senior Notes, an offer by the Company to purchase the 
Senior Notes following a change of control or a sale or other 
disposition of assets, or the acceleration of the due date for payment 
of the Senior Notes.  

     Mortgages payable represent primarily various Industrial Revenue 
Bond (IRB) notes.  In June 1994, the Company entered into an industrial 
revenue financing agreement in the amount of $7,000,000 with Mississippi 
Business Finance Corp., a public corporation in Mississippi, to finance 
the expansion of the Bruce Hardwood Floors plant in Port Gibson, 
Mississippi.  The funds required were provided by a bank term loan which 
matures on June 28, 2001.  Collateral for the loan is the plant and 
equipment at Port Gibson, Mississippi.  The IRB notes vary in interest 
rate, with several notes dependent upon the prime rate.  At December 30, 
1994 and December 31, 1993 the interest rates ranged up to 9.0%.  



     These notes are payable through 2001 and are collateralized by the 
related underlying assets.  

          Maturities for all long-term debt are as follows:

                                  (in thousands)
            1995                    $   1,527
            1996                        1,538
            1997                        1,215
            1998                          632
            1999                          561
            Thereafter                164,442
                                     --------
                  Total             $ 169,915
                                     ========

NOTE 6 - INCOME TAXES:

     The components of the deferred tax liability and asset are as 
follows:  
                                    December 30,	December 31,
                                        1994              1993    
                                     -----------------------------
                                           (in thousands)
     Deferred Tax Liability:
     Property, plant and equipment  $  22,511         $  25,875
     Trademark                         11,764            12,078
     Other                              8,527             7,123
                                     --------          --------
     Total                          $  42,802         $  45,076
                                     ========          ========
     Deferred Tax Asset:
     Tax carryforwards              $       -         $   1,991
     Other                              3,322             1,986
                                     --------          --------
     Total                          $   3,322         $   3,977
                                     ========          ========



     The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:

                   Fiscal          Fiscal          Seven     Five
                    Year            Year           Months    Months
                    Ended           Ended          Ended     Ended
                  December 30,   December 31,   January 1,  June 8,
                    1994            1993           1993       1992  
                  --------------------------------------------------
                                      (in thousands)
Current
  Federal         $ 10,015        $     168      $      -    $     -
  State and local      651                -             -          -
                   -------         --------       -------     ------
                  $ 10,666        $     168      $      -    $     -
                   =======         ========       =======     ======
Deferred:
  Federal         $  1,926        $   3,841      $   (834)    $    -
  State and local      237              492          (106)         -
                   -------         --------       -------     ------
                  $  2,163        $   4,333      $   (940)    $    -
                   -------         --------       -------     ------
  Subtotal        $ 12,829        $   4,501      $   (940)    $    -
                   =======         ========       =======      =====

Extraordinary benefit:
  Federal         $      -        $  (6,251)     $      -    $     -
  State and local        -             (768)            -          -
                   -------         --------       -------     ------
                  $      -        $  (7,019)     $      -    $     -
                   -------         --------       -------     ------
Total             $ 12,829        $  (2,518)     $   (940)   $     -
                   =======         ========       =======     ======

     The tax provision or benefit for the periods ending December 30, 
1994, December 31, 1993, January 1, 1993 and June 8, 1992 is 40.6%, 
38.5%, 47.28% and 0% of pre-tax income or losses, respectively.  The 
factors causing the rate to vary from the U.S. Federal Statutory rate 
are as follows:  



                     Fiscal          Fiscal          Seven     Five
                      Year            Year           Months    Months
                      Ended           Ended          Ended     Ended
                    December 30,  December 31,  January 1,    June 8,
                      1994            1993           1993       1992  
                    --------------------------------------------------
                                      (in thousands)
Computed (expected)
  tax provision
  (benefit)         $ 11,059       $   4,097     $    (676)  $  (5,101)

Increase (decrease)
  from:
    State and local
     taxes             1,359             503          (106)          -
    Amortization of
     goodwill            597             634           546           -
    Change due to 
     limitation of 
     net operating loss
     carryforwards         -               -             -       5,101
    Other book to tax
     differences, net   (186)           (733)         (704)          -
                      ------         -------       -------      ------
Total               $ 12,829        $  4,501      $   (940)    $     -
                     =======         =======       =======      ======

     In 1993, the Company adjusted the deferred liability and current 
provision for taxes to reflect the change in tax rate form 34% to 35% 
enacted by the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993.  As of December 30, 
1994, all net operating loss carryforwards have been fully utilized.  

NOTE 7 - LEASE COMMITMENTS:

     The Company rents certain real estate and equipment under leases 
expiring at various dates to 2008.  Several leases include options for 
renewal or purchase and contain clauses for payment of real estate taxes 
and insurance.  In most cases, management expects that in the normal 
course of business, leases will be renewed or replaced by other leases. 

     The following is a summary of minimum future rental payments 
required under operating leases that have initial non-cancelable lease 
terms in excess of one year:  

                                    (in thousands)
            1995                    $   2,907
            1996                        2,024
            1997                        1,679
            1998                        1,351
            1999                        1,060
            Thereafter                    292
                                     --------
                  Total             $   9,313
                                     ========

     Rental expense for operating leases amounted to $7,704,000, 
$6,309,000, $3,562,000, and $2,538,000 for the fiscal years ended 
December 30, 1994, December 31, 1993, for the seven months ended January 
1, 1993 and for the five months ended June 8, 1992, respectively.  

     The Company has an agreement with the West Virginia Economic 
Development Authority to lease land, buildings and equipment for the 
Bruce Hardwood Floors plant which is located in Beverly, West Virginia.  
Land and buildings have a lease term of 18 years and equipment has a 
term of 10 years, both with 10 year renewal options.  In June, 1990, the 
Company was reimbursed $22,653,000 by the West Virginia Economic 
Development Authority for the Phase I construction costs, which included 
all costs advanced by the Company in 1989 and the first six months of 
1990 except for 28% of the cost of equipment.  In December 1993 the 
Company was reimbursed $5,535,000 by the West Virginia Economic 
Development Authority for 72% of the Phase II equipment cost.  

NOTE 8 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:  

Pension and Profit Sharing Plans:
---------------------------------

     The Company sponsors several defined benefit pension plans and is 
required to contribute to several labor union-related defined 
contribution plans.  Total pension expense was $991,000, $967,000, 
$483,000, and $217,000 for the fiscal years ended December 30, 1994, and 
December 31, 1993, for the seven months ended January 1, 1993, and for 
the five months ended June 8, 1992, respectively, including $419,000, 
$481,000, $290,000, and $207,000, respectively, for defined benefit 
plans, which includes amortization of prior service costs over the 
estimated average remaining service period of active employees.  The 
Company does not have any requirement to provide life or health 
insurance coverage for retired employees.  The following table sets 
forth the defined benefit pension plans' funded status at December 30, 
1994, and December 31, 1993.  

                                        Fiscal years ended    
                                   ---------------------------
                                   December 30,   December 31,
                                      1994          1993     
                                   ------------   ------------
                                        (in thousands)
Actuarial present value
   of benefit obligation:
     Vested                        $  9,011       $  8,382 
     Non-vested                         426            481 
                                    -------        -------
Accumulated and projected
   benefit obligation                 9,437          8,863 
Plan assets at fair value             8,276          8,109 
                                    -------        -------
Projected benefit
   obligation in excess 
   of plan assets                    (1,161)          (754)
Unrecognized prior service 
   costs                                143            105 
Unrecognized net loss from
   past experience different
   from that assumed and 
   effects of changes in
   assumptions                        1,684            928 
Adjustment to recognize
   minimum liability                 (1,762)        (1,121)
                                    -------        -------
Accrued pension expense            $ (1,096)      $   (842)
                                    =======        =======

     Net periodic pension costs for defined benefit pension plans for 
the fiscal years ended December 30, 1994 and December 31, 1993, for the 
seven months ended January 1, 1993, and for the five months ended June 
8, 1992, include the following components:  

                            Fiscal      Fiscal       Seven       Five   
                             year        year        months      months 
                            ended       ended        ended       ended  
                         December 30,  December 31,  January 1,  June 8,
                             1994        1993         1993       1992 
                         ------------  ------------  ----------  -------
                                           (in thousands)
Service cost-benefits
   earned during the
   period                 $     267     $     258    $     152   $  111
Interest cost on 
   projected benefit
   obligation                   735           696          383      273
Actual return on plan
   assets                       106          (872)        (247)    (177)
Net amortization and
   deferral                    (689)          399            2        -
                           --------      --------     --------    -----
Net periodic pension 
   cost                   $     419     $     481    $     290   $  207
                           ========      ========     ========    =====

     A weighted average discount rate of 8.50% was used in 1994, 1993 
and 1992 to determine the benefit obligations of the Company's defined 
benefit pension plans.  The plans do not provide for future compensation 
increases in calculating benefit obligations as the benefits do not 
derive from compensation levels but from length of service.  The plans' 
assets are invested in a diversified portfolio of common stocks and 
fixed income securities.  The expected long-term rate of return on plan 
assets was 8.0% in 1994, 1993, and 1992.  

     The Company has a profit sharing plan for salaried employees, and a 
supplemental profit sharing plan for certain salaried employees to which 
contributions are made at the discretion of its Board of Directors as 
long as the Company has met specified financial goals.  The fiscal 1994, 
1993 and 1992 contributions were $1,255,385, $500,000, and $400,000, 
respectively.  

Long-Term Incentive Plan:
-------------------------

     In June 1993, the Company adopted the Triangle Pacific Corp. Long-
Term Incentive Compensation Plan, which authorizes grants of various 
incentive awards to all regular salaried full-time officers and key 
employees of the Company.  There are 1,000,000 shares of common stock 
reserved for this plan.  In February and March 1994, stock options were 
granted for 551,300 shares at 100% of fair market value at the date of 
grant.  These options expire in 10 years.  Also granted in February 1994 
were 28,200 stock bonus shares and $425,517 in deferred cash bonuses.  
These awards vested 25% at the date of grant and will vest 25% each year 
thereafter, with the vested amount payable on the third anniversary of 
the date of grant.  

     In 1994, the Company established a performance-based cash incentive 
plan for officers and other key employees to make annual bonus awards 
based upon pre-established criteria which were approved by the Board of 
Directors.  The expense for 1994 was $1,780,000.  In 1993, the Company 
awarded $744,000 in cash bonuses to the same group of officers and key 
employees under a discretionary bonus arrangement.  



Stock Option Plan:
------------------

     In connection with the 1992 Restructuring, certain members of 
management received options for 201,007 shares of Common stock pursuant 
to a Stock Option Plan which was adopted by the Board of Directors of 
the Company.  The management options are exercisable at a price of $2.99 
per share.  The exercisability of the management options is tied to the 
achievement of certain levels of operating income.  Twenty percent of 
the management options will become exercisable in any fiscal year in 
which the Company meets the annual target for such fiscal year.  

     For the years ended December 30, 1994, December 31, 1993 and 
January 1, 1993, twenty percent each year became exercisable.  In 
addition, if the Company fails to meet the annual target in any fiscal 
year but meets the cumulative target in such fiscal year or any 
subsequent fiscal year, the management options for such fiscal year and 
all prior fiscal years will become exercisable if they had not 
previously become exercisable.  

Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan:
----------------------------------------

     In June 1993, the Company adopted a Non-employee Director Stock 
Option Plan for up to 50,000 shares of common stock.  Options have been 
granted to six non-employee directors for an aggregate of 30,000 shares, 
with option prices at 100% of fair market value at the date of grant.  
These options are currently exercisable and generally expire 10 years 
from the date of grant.  



Post-retirement And Post-employment Benefits:
---------------------------------------------

     The Company, as of December 30, 1994, does not provide post- 
retirement medical benefits or any post-employment benefits other than 
those previously discussed.  

NOTE 9 -  ACCRUED LIABILITIES:  

     Amounts included in accrued liabilities are as follows:  

                                   December 30,   December 31,
                                      1994           1993     
                                   ---------------------------
                                         (in thousands)
          Payroll                  $  5,342       $  2,960
          Pension and profit 
            sharing                   3,360          2,060
          Taxes, other than
            income                    2,647          2,013
          Insurance                   4,712          3,043
          Interest                    7,819          6,623
          Other                       4,232          3,000
                                    -------        -------
               Total               $ 28,112       $ 19,699
                                    =======        =======



NOTE 10 - PRO-FORMA INCOME DATA (unaudited):

     Pro-forma figures assume that the Company's third quarter 1993 
Recapitalization and the 1992 Restructuring occurred on the first day of 
fiscal 1992.  

NOTE 11 - SUPPLEMENTARY QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (unaudited):

(In thousands, except per share amounts)
                                            Income
                                            Before
                                   Income   Extra-             Net
                                   Before   ordinary          Income
                                   Extra-   Items    Net      (loss)
                 Net     Gross     ordinary  Per    Income     Per
Quarters        Sales    Profit    Items    Share   (loss)    Share
--------------------------------------------------------------------
1994
 First Quarter $ 90,710  $ 22,083  $ 2,142  $0.15  $ 2,142    $ 0.15
 Second Quarter 106,918    29,447    5,860   0.40    5,860      0.40
 Third Quarter  104,236    28,176    5,217   0.35    5,217      0.35
 Fourth Quarter 108,295    30,293    5,583   0.38    5,583      0.38

1993
 First Quarter $ 78,482  $ 17,947  $   373  $0.04  $   373    $ 0.04
 Second Quarter  87,853    20,832    2,917   0.43    2,917      0.43
 Third Quarter   85,911    18,274    1,835   0.17   (9,472)(a) (0.88)(a)
 Fourth Quarter  94,050    19,883    2,078   0.10    2,078      0.10

(a) The third quarter of 1993 reflects the results of the 1993 
    Recapitalization.  (See Note 1)

Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting
          and Financial Disclosures

     None



                                PART III

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Company
          -----------------------------------------------

     The section entitled "Election of Directors" appearing in the 
definitive proxy statement of the Registrant for the annual meeting of 
shareholders to be held on May 3, 1995 sets forth certain information 
regarding the directors and is incorporated herein by reference.  The 
section entitled "Executive Compensation-Compliance with Section 16(a) 
of the Exchange Act" appearing in the definitive proxy statement of the 
Registrant for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 3, 
1995 sets forth certain information regarding reporting under Section 16 
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is incorporated 
herein by reference.  Certain information with respect to the executive 
officers of the Registrant is set forth in Part I of this Form 10-K 
under the caption "Executive Officers of the Company."  

Item 11.  Executive Compensation
          ----------------------

     Information regarding the compensation of management is contained 
in the definitive proxy statement of the Registrant for the annual 
meeting of shareholders to be held on May 3, 1995, under the caption 
"Executive Compensation" and, except for the report of the compensation 
committee of the Board of Directors and the information contained under 
the caption "Performance Graph," is incorporated herein 
by reference.  

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
          --------------------------------------------------------------

     Information regarding ownership of the Company's Common Stock is 
contained in the definitive proxy statement of the Registrant for the 
annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 3, 1995, under the 
captions "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners" and "Security 
Ownership of Management" and is incorporated herein by reference.  

Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
           ----------------------------------------------

     None



                                     PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on
          ------------------------------------------------------
          Form 8-K
          --------

     (a)(1) Financial Statements

            Included in Part II of this report.

            -    Report of independent public accountants

            -    Consolidated balance sheets as of December 30, 1994 and
                 December 31, 1993.

            -    Consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal 
                 years ended December 30, 1994 and December 31, 1993, 
                 for the seven months ended January 1, 1993, and for the 
                 five months ended June 8, 1992.

            -    Consolidated statements of changes in shareholders' 
                 investment for the fiscal years ended December 30, 1994
                 and December 31, 1993, for the seven months ended 
                 January 1, 1993, and for the five months ended 
                 June 8, 1992.  

            -    Consolidated statements of cash flows for the fiscal 
                 years ended December 30, 1994 and December 31, 1993, 
                 for the seven months ended January 1, 1993, and for the 
                 five months ended June 8, 1992.  

            -    Notes to consolidated financial statements.  

     (a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

            Included in Part IV of this report:  

            For the fiscal years ended December 30, 1994 and December 
            31, 1993, for the seven months ended January 1, 1993, and 
            for the five months ended June 8, 1992.

            -    Schedule II - Valuation and qualifying accounts 
                 and reserves.  

            Information required by other schedules called for under 
            Regulation S-X is either not applicable or is included in 
            the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.  

     (a)(3) Exhibits
            --------

            The information required by this Item 14(a)(3) is set forth 
            in the Index to Exhibits accompanying this annual report on 
            form 10-K.  

     (b)    Reports on Form 8-K
            -------------------

            No reports on Form 8-K were filed during the fourth quarter 
            of the year ended December 30, 1994.  


     (c)    Exhibits
            --------

      3.1     -    Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
                   Registrant (incorporated herein by reference to 
                   Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the 
                   fiscal year ended December 31, 1993).  

      3.2     -    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant 
                   (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to 
                   the Registrant's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
                   December 31, 1993).  

      4.1     -    Form of 10 1/2% Senior Notes due 2003 (incorporated 
                   herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the 
                   Registrant's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
                   December 31,1993).  

      4.2     -    Indenture governing 10 1/2% senior Notes due 2003 
                   (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to 
                   the Registrant's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
                   December 31, 1993).  

      4.3     -    Credit Agreement dated as of August 4, 1993, as 
                   amended, among the Registrant, the Lenders listed 
                   therein and CitiCorp USA, Inc., as the Co-Agent for 
                   the Lenders, and the Bank of Nova Scotia, as the 
                   Agent for the Lenders (the "Credit Agreement") 
                   (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to 
                   the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 
                   (Registration No. 33-64530)).  

      4.4     -    Amendment No. 4 to the Credit Agreement dated as of 
                   December 2, 1994.  

     10.1     -    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 5, 
                   1992 by and among the Registrant and the Persons 
                   listed therein (incorporated herein by reference to 
                   Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Registration 
                   Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-50724)).  

     10.2     -    Lenders' Equity Agreement dated as of June 5, 1992 by 
                   and among the Registrant and the Banks and other 
                   financial institutions listed herein (incorporated 
                   herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the 
                   Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 
                   (Registration No. 33-50724)).  

     10.3     -    ESJ Exchange Agreement dated as of June 5, 1992 by 
                   and among the Registrant, TPC Holding Corp. and the 
                   ESJ Entities (incorporated herein by reference to 
                   Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Registration 
                   Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-50724)).  

     10.4*    -    Management Equity Agreement dated as of June 5, 1992 
                   by and among the Registrant and the individuals 
                   listed therein, and including a form of the Triangle 
                   Pacific Corp. Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein 
                   by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's 
                   Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 
                   33-50724)).  


     10.5*    -    Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement 
                   dated as of March 8, 1995 between the Company and the 
                   individuals named on Schedule 1 thereto.  

     10.6*    -    Form of Employment Agreement dated as of March 8, 
                   1995 between the Company and the individuals named on 
                   Schedule 1 thereto.  

     10.7*    -    Salaried Employees Profit Sharing Plan (as restated 
                   January 1, 1993) of the Registrant

     10.8*    -    Annual Cash Incentive Bonus System of the Registrant 
                   for Officers and Managers.

     10.9*    -    Form of Stock Option Plan of the Registrant 
                   (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to 
                   the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 
                   (Registration No. 33-64530)).  

     10.10*   -    Form of Stock Option Agreement of the Registrant 
                   (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to 
                   the Registrant's Registration Statement on From S-1 
                   (Registration No. 33-64530)).  

     10.11    -    Lease dated as of June 1, 1988 by and between West 
                   Virginia Jobs and Development Corporation and 
                   Registrant (incorporated herein by reference to 
                   Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant's Registration 
                   Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-50724)).  

     10.12    -    Amendment to lease effective as of April 14, 1989 by 
                   and between West Virginia Jobs and Development 
                   Corporation and the Registrant (incorporated herein 
                   by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant's 
                   Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 
                   33-64530)).  

     10.13    -    Second Amendment to lease effective as of November 1, 
                   1991 by and between West Virginia Economic 
                   Development Authority, as successor to West Virginia 
                   Jobs and Development Corporation, and the Registrant 
                   (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to 
                   the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 
                   (Registration No. 33-64530)).  

     10.14    -    Third Amendment to lease effective as of March 10, 
                   1993 by and between West Virginia Economic 
                   Development Authority, as successor to West Virginia 
                   Jobs and Development Corporation, and the Registrant 
                   (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to 
                   the Registrant's Registration Statement on Forms S-1 
                   (Registration No. 33-64530)).  

     10.15*   -    Triangle Pacific Corp. 1993 Long-Term Incentive 
                   Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference 
                   to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant's Registration 
                   Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-64530)).  

     10.16*   -    Triangle Pacific Corp. Nonemployee Director Stock 
                   Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to 
                   Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant's Registration 
                   Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-64530)).  

     10.17    -    Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Registrant 
                   and each of its directors and executive officers 
                   (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to 
                   the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 
                   (Registration No. 33-64530)).  

     10.18*   -    Supplemental Profit Sharing and Deferred Compensation 
                   Plan of the Registrant.  

     23.1     -    Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP

     27.1     -    Financial Data Schedule.

--------------
*    Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to 
be filed as an exhibit hereto.  




                              SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly 
authorized.  

                                          TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP.

                                    By:   /s/ Floyd F. Sherman 
                                        ---------------------------
                                          Floyd F. Sherman
                                          Chairman of the Board and
                                          Chief Executive Officer

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, this report signed below by the following persons on behalf of the 
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  


 /s/ Floyd F. Sherman         Chairman of the Board     March 28, 1995
----------------------------  and Chief Executive Officer
   Floyd F. Sherman           (Principal Executive Officer)


 /s/ M. Joseph McHugh         Director and President    March 28, 1995
----------------------------
   M. Joseph McHugh


 /s/ Robert J. Symon          Executive Vice President  March 28, 1995
----------------------------  Treasurer and Chief 
   Robert J. Symon            Financial Officer
                             (Principal Financial & Accounting Officer)

 /s/ B. William Bonnivier     Director                  March 28, 1995
----------------------------
   B. William Bonnivier


 /s/ Charles M. Hansen, Jr.   Director                  March 28, 1995
----------------------------
   Charles M. Hansen, Jr.


 /s/ David R. Henkel          Director                  March 28, 1995
----------------------------
   David R. Henkel


 /s/ Jack L. McDonald         Director                  March 28, 1995
----------------------------
   Jack L. McDonald


 /s/ Carson R. McKissick      Director                  March ___, 1995
----------------------------
   Carson R. McKissick


                              Director                  March ___, 1995
----------------------------
   Karen Gordon Mills
                                                             SCHEDULE II
                                                             -----------



              TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              ---------------------------------------
                     VALUATION AND QUALIFYING
                     ------------------------
                      ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                      ---------------------
                            (in thousands)

Column A            Column B      Column C      Column D      Column E 
--------            --------      --------      --------      --------

                                  Additions                            
                    Balance at    charged to                  Balance  
                    beginning     costs and                  at end of
Classifications      of period    expenses    Deductions (1)  period   
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Five months ended
 June 8, 1992:                                                        
  Reserve for   
   doubtful accounts                                                  
   and returns and
   and allowances    $   3,438    $     678    $     (19)   $   4,135 
                     =================================================
Seven months ended                                                    
 January 1, 1993:                                                     
  Reserve for   
   doubtful accounts                                                  
   and returns and
   and allowances    $   4,135    $   1,438    $     475    $   5,098 
                     =================================================
Fiscal Year ended                                                     
 December 31, 1993:                                                    
  Reserve for   
   doubtful accounts                                                  
   and returns and
   and allowances    $   5,098    $     485    $   2,260    $   3,323 
                     =================================================
Fiscal Year ended                                                     
 December 30, 1994:                                                   
  Reserve for   
   doubtful accounts                                                  
   and returns and
   and allowances    $   3,323    $     884    $   1,716    $   2,491 
                     =================================================

(1)	Write-offs of specific accounts, net of recoveries.  



                                                            Exhibit 23.1
                                                            ------------




              CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

     As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the 
incorporation of our report included in this Form 10-K into the 
Company's previously filed Registration Statement Files Nos. 33-69682, 
33-69684 and 33-50724.  




                                     ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Dallas, Texas
 March 28, 1995





49





                                                          Exhibit 4.4
                                                          -----------

                FOURTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


     THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of December 2, 
1994 (herein called this "Amendment"), is entered into by and among 
Triangle Pacific Corp., a Delaware corporation (herein called the 
"Borrower", the various financial institutions as are or may become 
parties to the Credit Agreement referenced below (collectively, the 
"Lenders"), CITICORP USA, INC., as co-agent (in such capacity, the "Co-
Agent") for the Lenders, and THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as agent (in such 
capacity, the "Agent") for the Lenders.  Unless otherwise defined, terms 
defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with the same meaning.

                        W I T N E S S E T H:
                        - - - - - - - - - - 

     WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Co-Agent and the Agent have 
heretofore entered into a certain Credit Agreement, dated as of August 
4, 1993, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement dated as of 
August 9, 1993, Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement dated as of August 
11, 1993 and Amendment No. 3 to credit Agreement dated as of August 13, 
1993 (such agreement, as so amended, herein called the "Credit 
Agreement"); and

     WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Lenders now desire to amend the 
Credit Agreement in certain respects, as hereinafter provided,

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual 
agreements herein contained, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Co-Agent and 
the Agent hereby agree as follows:

     SECTION 1.  Amendment of Section 1.1.     Section 1.1 of the Credit 
Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

          (i)   Clauses (b) and (c) of the definition of "Change in 
                Control" are hereby amended by deleting the percentage 
                "40%" in the tenth line of clause (b) and the eighth line 
                of clause (c) and inserting in lieu of each thereof the 
                percentage "50%".

          (ii)  The definition of "Disclosure Schedule" is hereby 
                amended to read in its entirety as follows:

                "Disclosure Schedule" means the Disclosure Schedule 
                attached hereto as Schedule I, as it may be amended, 
                supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time by 
                the Borrower with the written consent of the Required 
                Lenders, provided that the Borrower may amend Item 6.8 
                ("Existing Subsidiaries") of the Disclosure Schedule to 
                add the names of Permitted Foreign Subsidiaries upon 
                written notice to the Agent without the consent of the 
                Required Lenders.

          (iii) The following definition is hereby added to Section 1.1 
                of the Credit Agreement immediately preceding the 
                definition of "Person":

                "Permitted Foreign Subsidiary" means a wholly-owned 
                 Subsidiary of the Borrower organized under the laws of 
                 a jurisdiction other than a State of the United States 
                 of which the Agent has received written notice from the 
                 Borrower; provided that Investment in such Permitted 
                 Foreign Subsidiaries, is at all times subject to the 
                 provisions of clause (g) of Section 7.2.5.

     SECTION 2.   Amendment of Section 6.1.  Section 6.1 of the Credit 
Agreement is hereby amended by inserting immediately after the word 
"State" in the third line thereof the phrase "or other jurisdiction."

     SECTION 3.   Amendment of Section 7.2.2.  Section 7.2.2 of the 
Credit Agreement is amended hereby as follows:

     (i)   Clause (h) of Section 7.2.2 of the Credit Agreement is 
           amended by deleting the word "and" following the semi-colon 
           in such clause (h).

     (ii)  Additional clauses (j) and (k) are added to Section 7.2.2 of 
           the Credit Agreement, which read as follows:

           (j)   Indebtedness of a Permitted Foreign Subsidiary to the 
                 Borrower as permitted by Section 7.2.5 (g); and

           (k)   Indebtedness of the Borrower to a Permitted Foreign 
                 Subsidiary, which Indebtedness shall be evidenced by 
                 one or more notes substantially in the form of Exhibit 
                 O and subordinated to the Obligations of the Borrower 
                 pursuant to the terms thereof;

     SECTION 4.  Amendment of Section 7.2.5.  Section 7.2.5 of the 
Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

     (i)   Clause (e) of Section 7.2.5 of the Credit Agreement is hereby 
           amended by (I) inserting after the word "Subsidiaries" in the 
           second line thereof the parenthetical phrase "(except 
           Permitted Foreign Subsidiaries)" and (II) by deleting the 
           word "and" in the fourth line thereof.

     (ii)  Clauses (f) of Section 7.2.5 of the Credit Agreement is 
           hereby amended by adding the word "and" after the final semi-
           colon.

     (iii) Clauses (g) and (h) of Section 7.2.5 of the Credit Agreement 
           are hereby redesignated as clauses (h) and (i), respectively, 
           and the following new clause (g) added immediately after 
           clause (f) and immediately preceding the words "provided 
           that":

           (g)   Investments by the Borrower in one of more Permitted 
                 Foreign Subsidiaries, including contributions to 
                 capital and Indebtedness permitted pursuant to clause 
                 (j) of Section 7.2.2 (including Contingent Liabilities 
                 incurred on behalf of, and trade credit extended by 
                 means of sales on account to, such Permitted Foreign 
                 Subsidiaries), provided that the outstanding balance of 
                 Investments in all such Permitted Foreign Subsidiaries 
                 after the Effective Date shall not exceed $5,000,000 in 
                 the aggregate (calculated without giving any effect to 
                 reduction in such Investment by reason of losses of 
                 such Subsidiaries); 

     (iv)  Clause (i) of Section 7.2.5 of the Credit Agreement (as 
           redesignated by paragraph (iii) of this Section 4) is hereby 
           amended by adding the following phrase immediately before the 
           final period:  ", except the formation of one or more 
           Permitted Foreign Subsidiaries to the extent provided in 
           clause (g) of this Section 7.2.5."

     SECTION 5.  Amendment of Section 7.2.11.  Section 7.2.11 of the 
Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding as a final sentence thereto 
the following:  "Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this 
Section 7.2.11, the Borrower will not sell, transfer, lease contribute 
or otherwise convey or grant options, warrants or other rights with 
respect to, any capital stock of any Permitted Foreign Subsidiary."

     SECTION 6.  Amendment of Section 7.2.16.  Section 7.2.16 of the 
Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following phrase 
immediately before the final period:  "except for the formation of a 
Permitted Foreign Subsidiary, subject to the provisions of clause (g) of 
Section 7.2.5."

     SECTION 7.  Addition of Section 7.1.9.  The following Section 7.1.9 
is added to the Credit Agreement immediately following Section 7.1.8 
thereof:

                 SECTION 7.1.9  Foreign Sales Corporations.  Each 
                 Permitted Foreign Subsidiary which shall qualify as an 
                 FSC at all times thereafter shall maintain its status 
                 as an FSC under the Code.

     SECTION 8.  Amendment of Disclosure Schedule.  Item 6.8 ("Existing 
Subsidiaries") of the Disclosure Schedule to the Credit Agreement is 
hereby amended and restated to read as follows:




Item 6.8   Existing Subsidiaries

                             Jurisdiction of
Name                         Incorporation           Ownership
----                         ---------------         ---------

Worldwide Kitchens, Inc.     Delaware, USA            100%

Bruce Hardwood Floors        England                  100%
(UK), Limited

     SECTION 9.  Addition of Exhibit O.  Exhibit O in the form of 
Exhibit O to this Amendment is hereby added to the Credit Agreement.

     SECTION 10. Representations and Warranties.  To induce the lenders 
to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower hereby reaffirms, as of the 
date hereof, the representations and warranties contained in Article VI 
of the Credit Agreement (except to the extent such representations and 
arranties relate solely to an earlier date and giving effect to this 
Amendment) and additionally represents and warrants as follows:

          (i)   The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is a 
                corporation validly organized and existing and in good 
                standing under the laws of the State or jurisdiction of 
                its incorporation; is dully qualified and in good 
                standing as a foreign corporation authorized to do 
                business in each jurisdiction where the failure to so 
                qualify could have a Material Adverse Effect and has 
                full power and authority and holds all requisite 
                governmental licenses, permits and other approvals to 
                enter into and perform its Obligations under this 
                Amendment and each Loan document to which it is a party 
                and to own and hold under lease its property and to 
                conduct its business substantially as currently 
                conducted by it.

          (ii)  The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower 
                of this Amendment are within the Borrower's corporate 
                powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary 
                corporate action, and do not

                (A)   contravene the Borrower's Organic Documents;

                (B)   contravene any contractual restriction, law or 
                      governmental regulation or court decree or order 
                      binding on or affecting the Borrower; or

                (C)   result in, or require the creation or imposition 
                      of, any Lien on any of the Borrower's properties.

          (iii) Except for those which have been received or made, no 
                authorization or approval or other action by, and no 
                notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or 
                regulatory body or other Person is required for the due 
                execution, delivery or performance by the Borrower of 
                this Amendment.

          (iv)  This Amendment is the legal, valid and binding 
                obligation of the Borrower enforceable against the 
                Borrower in accordance with its terms, subject to the 
                effects of (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, 
                receivership, moratorium and other similar laws 
                affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally 
                and (ii) general principles of equity, whether applied 
                by a court of law or equity.

          (v)   Except as disclosed by the Borrower to the Agent and the 
                Lenders pursuant to Section 6.7 of the Credit Agreement, 
                no labor controversy, litigation, arbitration or 
                governmental investigation or proceeding is pending or, 
                to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against the 
                Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which could result 
                in a Material Adverse Effect, and no development has 
                occurred in any labor controversy, litigation, 
                arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding 
                disclosed pursuant to Section 6.7 of the Credit 
                Agreement which could result in a Material Adverse 
                Effect.  Other than any liability incident to such 
                litigation or proceedings, none of the Borrower or its 
                Subsidiaries has any material contingent liabilities not 
                disclosed in writing to the Agent.

     SECTION 11. Conditions to Effectiveness.  The effectiveness of this 
amendment is conditioned upon receipt by the Agent of all the following 
documents, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent:

          (i)   A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary 
                of the Borrower as to resolutions of its Board of 
                Directors (or an authorized committee thereof) then in 
                full force and effect authorizing the execution, 
                delivery and performance of this Amendment and the 
                incumbency and signatures of those of its officers 
                authorized to act with respect to this Amendment;

          (ii)  The opinion of Darryl Marchand, Esq., counsel to the 
                Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to the 
                Agent; and

          (iii) Such other documents as the Agent shall have reasonably 
                requested.

     SECTION 12. Effect of Amendment.  This Amendment shall be deemed to 
be an amendment to the Credit Agreement, and the Credit Agreement, as 
amended hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed in each and 
every respect.  All references to the Credit Agreement in any other 
document, instrument, agreement or writing shall hereafter be deemed to 
refer to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

     SECTION 13. Governing Law; Etc.  This Amendment shall be a contract 
made under and governed by the internal laws of the State of New York.  
All obligations of the Borrower and rights of the Agent and lenders 
expressed herein shall be in addition to and not in limitation of those 
provided by applicable law.  Whenever possible each provision of this 
Amendment shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and 
valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Amendment shall 
be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall 
be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without 
invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions 
of this Amendment.

     SECTION 14. Counterpart Execution.  This Amendment may be executed 
in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall 
constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute 
this Amendment by signing one or more counterparts.

     SECTION 15. Successors and Assigns.  This Amendment shall be 
binding upon the Borrower, the Agent, the Co-Agent and each Lender and 
their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit 
of the Borrower, the Agent, the Co-Agent and each Lender and the 
successors and assigns of each.

     SECTION 16. FORUM SELECTION AND CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.  ANY 
LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION 
WITH, THIS AMENDMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, 
STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE AGENT, THE CO-
AGENT, THE LENDERS OR THE BORROWER SHALL BE BROUGHT AND MAINTAINED 
EXCLUSIVELY IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED 
STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED, 
HOWEVER, THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR 
OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT THE AGENT'S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF 
ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND.  
THE BORROWER HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE 
JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND OF THE UNITED 
STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK FOR THE 
PURPOSE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES 
TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH 
LITIGATION.  THE BORROWER FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF 
PROCESS BY REGISTERED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, OR BY PERSONAL SERVICE 
WITHIN OR WITHOUT THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  THE BORROWER HEREBY EXPRESSLY 
AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY 
OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY HAVE OR HEREAFTER MAY HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE 
OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT REFERRED TO AND 
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY 
OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY HAVE OR HEREAFTER MAY HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE 
OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT REFERRED TO ABOVE AND 
ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT 
FORUM.  TO THE EXTENT THAT THE BORROWER HAS OR HEREAFTER MAY ACQUIRE ANY 
IMMUNITY FROM JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OR FROM ANY LEGAL PROCESS 
(WHETHER THROUGH SERVICE OR NOTICE, ATTACHMENT PRIOR TO JUDGMENT, 
ATTACHMENT IN AID OF EXECUTION OR OTHERWISE) WITH RESPECT TO ITSELF OR 
ITS PROPERTY, THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES SUCH IMMUNITY IN 
RESPECT OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENTS AND THE OTHER LOAN 
DOCUMENTS.

     SECTION 17. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  THE AGENT, THE CO-AGENT THE 
LENDERS AND THE BORROWER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY 
WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY 
LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION 
WITH, THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, 
STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE AGENT, THE CO-
AGENT, THE LENDERS OR THE BORROWER.  THE BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES AND 
AGREES THAT IT HAS RECEIVED FULL AND SUFFICIENT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS 
PROVISION (AND EACH OTHER PROVISION OF EACH LOAN DOCUMENT TO WHICH IT IS 
A PARTY) AND THAT THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE AGENT 
AND THE LENDERS ENTERING INTO THIS AMENDMENT.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment 
to be executed by their respective officers thereto duly authorized as 
of the day and year first written above.

                                 TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP.

                             By 
                                ------------------------------
                                 Title
                                      ------------------------

                              16803 Dallas Parkway
                              Dallas, Texas 75248
                              Attn:  Robert J. Symon
                                     Darryl T. Marchand


                                     THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as Agent 
                                     and Lender

                                     By
                                       --------------------------------
                                       Title
                                            ---------------------------

                                     600 Peachtree Street N.E.
                                     Suite 2700
                                     Atlanta, Georgia  30308
                                     Attention:  A. Norsworthy

                                     CITICORP USA, INC., as Co-Agent and 
                                     Lender

                                     By
                                       --------------------------------
                                       Title
                                            ---------------------------

                                     400 Perimeter Terrace 
                                     Suite 600
                                     Atlanta, Georgia  30346
                                     Attn:  John H. Rexford

                                     BANK OF AMERICA NT&SA

                                     By
                                       --------------------------------
                                       Title
                                            ---------------------------

                                     Global Payments Operations #5693
                                     1850 Gateway Boulevard
                                     Concord, California  94520

                                     Attention:  Account Administration

                                     with a copy to:


                                          333 Clay Street, Suite 4550
                                          Houston, Texas  77002

                                     Attention:  Jody B. Schneider


                                     THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as Agent 
                                     and Lender

                                     By
                                       --------------------------------
                                       Title
                                            ---------------------------

                                     600 Peachtree Street N.E.
                                     Suite 2700
                                     Atlanta, Georgia  30308
                                     Attention:  A. Norsworthy

                                     CITICORP USA, INC., as Co-Agent and 
                                     Lender

                                     By
                                       --------------------------------
                                       Title
                                            ---------------------------

                                     400 Perimeter Terrace 
                                     Suite 600
                                     Atlanta, Georgia  30346
                                     Attn:  John H. Rexford

                                     BANK OF AMERICA NT&SA

                                     By
                                       --------------------------------
                                       Title
                                            ---------------------------

                                     Global Payments Operations #5693
                                     1850 Gateway Boulevard
                                     Concord, California  94520

                                     Attention:  Account Administration

                                     with a copy to:


                                          333 Clay Street, Suite 4550
                                          Houston, Texas  77002

                                     Attention:  Jody B. Schneider


                                     THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as Agent 
                                     and Lender

                                     By
                                       --------------------------------
                                       Title
                                            ---------------------------

                                     600 Peachtree Street N.E.
                                     Suite 2700
                                     Atlanta, Georgia  30308
                                     Attention:  A. Norsworthy

                                     CITICORP USA, INC., as Co-Agent and 
                                     Lender

                                     By
                                       --------------------------------
                                       Title
                                            ---------------------------

                                     400 Perimeter Terrace 
                                     Suite 600
                                     Atlanta, Georgia  30346
                                     Attn:  John H. Rexford

                                     BANK OF AMERICA NT&SA

                                     By
                                       --------------------------------
                                       Title
                                            ---------------------------


                                     Global Payments Operations #5693
                                     1850 Gateway Boulevard
                                     Concord, California  94520

                                     Attention:  Account Administration

                                     with a copy to:


                                          333 Clay Street, Suite 4550
                                          Houston, Texas  77002

                                     Attention:  Jody B. Schneider


                                     BANQUE PARIBAS

                                     By
                                       --------------------------------
                                       Title
                                            ---------------------------

                                     By
                                       --------------------------------
                                       Title
                                            ---------------------------

                                     1200 Smith, Suite 3100
                                     Houston, Texas  77002
                                     Attention:  Operations Officer

                                     with a copy to:

                                          2121 San Jacinto
                                          Suite 930
                                          Dallas, Texas  75201

                                     Attention:  J. McDowell

                                     COMERICA BANK - TEXAS

                                     By
                                       --------------------------------

                                     1300 North Park Center
                                     Dallas, Texas  75265
                                     Attention:  Reed Allton 


                                     BANQUE PARIBAS

                                     By
                                       --------------------------------
                                       Title
                                            ---------------------------

                                     By
                                       --------------------------------
                                       Title
                                            ---------------------------

                                     1200 Smith, Suite 3100
                                     Houston, Texas  77002
                                     Attention:  Operations Officer

                                     with a copy to:

                                          2121 San Jacinto
                                          Suite 930
                                          Dallas, Texas  75201

                                     Attention:  J. McDowell

                                     COMERICA BANK - TEXAS

                                     By
                                       --------------------------------

                                     1300 North Park Center
                                     Dallas, Texas  75265
                                     Attention:  Reed Allton 


                                                               EXHIBIT O


                      SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE

$                                                         19
 ----------------------------       ----------------------  ------

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Triangle Pacific Corp., a Delaware corporation 
("Maker"), promises to pay to the order of [Name of Permitted Foreign 
Subsidiary], a                           corporation ("Payee"), at its 
offices at [address of principal office of Payee] or such other address 
as to which the Payee shall have given notice to the Maker, the sum of 
[AMOUNT] DOLLARS ($                   ), or so much thereof as may be 
advanced and outstanding hereunder from time to time, together with 
interest at a [varying] rate per annum (the "Standard Rate").  The 
Standard Rate shall equal the lesser of (i) [specify interest rate] or 
(ii) the Highest Lawful Rate (as hereinafter defined); provided that, so 
long as the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined) shall remain in 
effect, the Standard Rate shall not exceed the sum of (i) the rate of 
interest established by the Bank of Nova Scotia ("Scotiabank") or by any 
successor Agent to Scotiabank pursuant to the Credit Agreement, in each 
case at its Domestic Office (as defined in the Credit Agreement), as its 
base rate for loans in United States Dollars, which rate of interest is 
not necessarily intended to be the lowest rate of interest determined by 
Scotiabank or its successor with respect to extensions of credit, plus 
(ii) two percent per annum.  This Promissory Note shall be due and 
payable on [Date occurring after Stated Maturity Date].  All accrued and 
unpaid interest shall be added to principal on the last day of each 
calendar quarter after the date hereof.

     This Promissory Note may be prepaid, in whole or in part, without 
premium or penalty, provided that no payment or prepayment of principal, 
interest, collection expenses or any other amounts hereon shall be made 
(i) if a Default or an Event of Default (each term as defined in the 
Credit Agreement) shall have occurred and be continuing or would 
otherwise be existing or resulting from any such payment or prepayment 
or (ii) otherwise in violation of Section 7.2.6 of the Credit Agreement.  
Maker may borrow, repay and reborrow hereunder as long as such 
borrowing, repayment or reborrowing is not in violation of the Credit 
Agreement.

     Presentment for payment, notice of dishonor, demand, and protest 
are hereby waived by Maker and all other makers, sureties, guarantors 
and endorsers hereof.

     "Highest Lawful Rate" shall mean the maximum nonusurious interest 
rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted 
for, taken, reserved, charged or received on this Promissory Note, or 
under laws applicable to the Payee which are presently in effect or, to 
the extent allowed by applicable law, under such laws which may 
hereafter be in effect and which allow a higher maximum nonusurious 
interest rate than applicable laws now allow, and determination of the 
rate of interest for the purpose of determining whether the loan is 
usurious under all applicable laws shall be made by amortizing, 
prorating, allocating, and spreading, in equal parts during the period 
of the full stated term of the indebtedness represented hereby, all 
interest at any time contracted for, charged, or received from the 
undersigned in connection with such indebtedness; however, in the event 
such indebtedness and the interest received for the actual period of 
existence of such indebtedness exceed the Highest Lawful Rate, the Payee 
shall refund to the undersigned the amount of the excess or shall credit 
the amount of the excess against amounts owing under such loan and shall 
not be subject to any of the penalties provided by law for contracting 
for, charging, or receiving interest in excess of the Highest Lawful 
Rate.

     To the extent that Article 5069-1.04 of Vernon's Civil Statutes is 
relevant to Payee for the purposes of determining the Highest Lawful 
Rate, Payee hereby elects to determine the applicable rate ceiling under 
such Article by the indicated (weekly) rate ceiling from time to time in 
effect, subject to Payee's right subsequently to change such method in 
accordance with applicable law.

     This Promissory Note is a note evidencing Indebtedness permitted by 
Section 7.2.2 (k) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of August 4, 
1993, entered into among Maker, the lenders' signatories thereto 
(collectively, the "Lenders" and individually, a "Lender"), Citicorp 
USA, Inc., as Co-Agent for the Lenders, and The Bank of Nova Scotia as 
agent (together with its successors in such capacity, the "Agent") for 
the Lenders, as amended by amendments dated August 9, 1993, August 11, 
1993, August 13, 1993 and December 2, 1994 (such Credit Agreement, as so 
amended and as the same may be further amended, extended, supplemented, 
restated or otherwise modified, the "Credit Agreement").  Terms defined 
in the Credit Agreement are used herein with the meanings provided 
therein, unless otherwise defined.

     The undersigned agrees that if any of the following events of 
default shall occur:  (i) Default shall be made in the payment when due 
of any principal of or interest on this Promissory Note; or (ii) The 
Maker becomes insolvent or generally fails to pay, or admits in writing 
its inability or unwillingness to pay, debts as they become due; or the 
Maker applies for, consents to, or acquiesces in the appointment of, a 
trustee, receiver, sequestrator, or other custodian for the Maker or for 
any of its property, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of 
creditors; or, in the absence of such application, consent or 
acquiescence, permits or suffers to exist the appointment of a trustee, 
receiver, sequestrator or other custodian for the Maker or for a 
substantial part of its property and such trustee, receiver, 
sequestrator or other custodian is not discharged within sixty (60) 
days; or any bankruptcy, reorganization, debt arrangement, or other case 
or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any 
dissolution, winding up or liquidation proceeding, is commenced in 
respect of the Maker, and if such case or proceeding is not commenced by 
the Maker, it is consented to or acquiesced in by the Maker or remains 
for sixty (60) days undismissed; or the Maker takes any action to 
authorize, or in furtherance of any of the foregoing (each of the 
foregoing events described in this clause (ii) an "Insolvency Event"), 
then, after the undersigned or the holder shall have given written 
notice to the Agent of any such event of default listed in clause (i) 
above if the Credit Agreement shall still be in effect and a period of 
sixty (60) days from the date of such notice shall have expired, the 
principal balance hereof and the interest accrued hereon may be declared 
to be forthwith due and payable by the holder hereof so long as any 
event of default shall be continuing, and any indebtedness of payee or 
any other holder of this Promissory Note to the undersigned may be 
appropriated and applied heron, but any other payments hereon will be 
subject to the provisions of the second paragraph hereof.

     In addition to and not in limitation of the foregoing, the 
undersigned further agrees, subject only to any limitation imposed by 
applicable law, that should the indebtedness represented by this 
Promissory Note or any part thereof be collected at law or in equity or 
in bankruptcy, receivership or other court proceedings, or this 
Promissory Note be placed in the hands of attorneys for collection, the 
undersigned agrees to pay, in addition to the principal and interest due 
and payable hereon, all reasonable expenses, including reasonable 
attorneys' fees and legal expenses, incurred by the holder of this 
Promissory Note in endeavoring to collect any amounts payable hereunder 
which are not paid when due.

     Any notice to Maker provided for in this Promissory Note shall be 
in writing and shall be given and be effective upon delivery to Maker.  
Any notice to the Payee shall be in writing and shall be given and be 
effective upon delivery to the Payee.

     Maker hereby authorizes the holder hereof to endorse on the 
Schedule attached to this Promissory Note or any continuation thereof 
all advances made to Maker hereunder and all payments made on account of 
the principal thereof, which endorsements shall be prima facie evidence 
as to the outstanding principal amount of this Promissory Note; 
provided, however, any failure by the holder hereof to make any 
endorsement shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of Maker 
under this Promissory Note.

     Maker covenants and agrees, and the Payee, by its acceptance of 
this Promissory Note, likewise covenants and agrees, that the payment of 
the principal of and interest on this Promissory Note is hereby 
expressly subordinated in right of payment to the payment in full of all 
Senior Liabilities (as hereinafter defined) to the extent and in the 
manner set forth in the second paragraph of this Promissory Note and in 
the following paragraphs 1 through 9 (collectively the "Subordination 
Provisions"):

     1.   In the event of any Insolvency Event, the Senior Liabilities 
shall first be paid in full before the Payee shall be entitled to 
receive and to retain any payment or distribution in respect of this 
Promissory Note and, in order to implement the foregoing:  (a) all 
payments and distributions of any kind or character in respect of this 
Promissory Note to which the Payee would be entitled if this Promissory 
Note were not subordinated, shall be made directly to the Agent until 
the Senior Liabilities shall be paid in full; (b) the Payee shall 
promptly file a claim or claims, in the form required in such 
proceedings, for the full outstanding amount of this Promissory Note, 
and shall cause said claim or claims to be approved and all payments and 
other distributions in respect thereof to be made directly to the Agent 
until the Senior Liabilities shall be paid in full; and (c) the Payee 
hereby irrevocably agrees that the Agent may, at its sole discretion, in 
the name of the Payee or otherwise, demand, sue for, collect, receive 
and receipt for any and all such payments or distributions, and file, 
prove and vote or consent in any such proceedings with respect to any 
and all claims of the Payee relating to this Promissory Note until the 
Senior Liabilities shall be paid in full.

     2.   In the event that the Payee receives any payment or other 
distribution of any kind or character from Maker, or from any other 
source whatsoever, in respect of this Promissory Note, other than as 
expressly permitted by the terms of this Promissory Note, such payment 
or other distribution shall be received in trust for the Agent for the 
benefit of the Lenders and promptly turned over by the Payee to the 
Agent.  The Payee will mark its books and records, and cause Maker to 
mark its books and records, so as clearly to indicate that this 
Promissory Note is subordinated in accordance with the terms hereof, 
will execute such further documents or instruments and will take such 
further action as the Agent may reasonably from time to time request to 
carry out the intent of these Subordination Provisions.

     3.   All payments and distributions received by the Agent in 
respect of this Promissory Note, to the extent received in or converted 
to cash, may be applied by the Agent first to the payment of any and all 
reasonable expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and legal 
expenses) paid or incurred by the Agent in enforcing these Subordination 
Provisions, or in endeavoring to collect or realize upon this Promissory 
Note or any security therefor and any balance thereof shall, solely as 
between the Payee and the Agent, be applied by the Agent in such order 
of application as the Agent may from time to time select, toward, the 
payments of the Senior Liabilities remaining unpaid, but, as between 
Maker and its creditors, no such payments or distributions of any kind 
or character shall be deemed to be payments or distributions in respect 
of the Senior Liabilities; and, notwithstanding any such payments or 
distributions received by the Agent in respect of this Promissory Note 
and so applied by the Agent toward the payment of the Senior 
Liabilities, the Payee shall be subrogated to the then existing rights 
of the Agent, if any, in respect of the Senior Liabilities, only at such 
time as these Subordination Provisions shall have been discontinued by 
the Required Lenders or the Agent shall have received payment of the 
full amount of the Senior Liabilities.

     4.   The payee hereby waives:  (a) notice of the existence, or 
creation or non-payment of all or any of the Senior Liabilities; and (b) 
all diligence in collection or protection of, or realization upon the 
Senior Liabilities, or any thereof, or any security therefor.

     5.   The payee will not, without prior written consent of the 
Required Lenders:  (a) after the occurrence of an Insolvency Event, 
cancel, waive or forgive this Promissory Note or any rights in respect 
hereof;  (b) transfer or assign, or attempt to enforce or collect, or 
subordinate to any obligations of Maker other than the Senior 
Liabilities, this Promissory Note or any rights in respect hereof;  (c) 
take any collateral security for this Promissory Note;  (d) after the 
occurrence of an Insolvency Event, convert this Promissory Note into 
stock of Maker;  (e) commence, or join with any other creditor in 
commencing, any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceedings 
with respect to Maker; or  (f) amend or modify the Subordination 
Provisions of this Promissory Note.

     6.   The Agent, the Co-Agent, any Lender, or any holder of a Note 
issued under the Credit Agreement may, from time to time, whether before 
or after any discontinuance of this Promissory Note, at its sole 
discretion and without notice to the Payee, take any or all of the 
following actions;  (a) retain or obtain a security interest in any 
property to secure any of the Senior Liabilities;  (b) retain or obtain 
the primary or secondary obligations of any other obligor or obligors 
with respect to any of the Senior Liabilities;  (c) extend or renew for 
one or more periods (whether or not longer than the original period), 
alter or exchange any of the Senior Liabilities; and  (d) release its 
security interest in, or surrender, release or permit any substitution 
or exchange for all or any part of any property securing any of the 
Senior Liabilities, or extend or renew for one or more periods (whether 
or not longer than the original period), or release, compromise, alter 
or exchange any obligations of any nature of any obligor with respect to 
any such property.

     7.   Each Lender may, from time to time, whether before or after 
any discontinuance of these Subordination Provisions, without notice to 
the undersigned, assign or transfer any or all of the Senior Liabilities 
in accordance with any provisions regarding such assignment or transfer 
from time to time contained in the Credit Agreement, or any interest 
therein; and, notwithstanding any such assignment or transfer or any 
subsequent assignment or transfer thereof, such Senior Liabilities shall 
be and remain Senior Liabilities for the purposes of these Subordination 
Provisions, and every immediate and successive assignee or transferee of 
any of the Senior Liabilities or of any interest therein shall, to the 
extent of the interest of such assignee or transferee in the Senior 
Liabilities, be entitled to the benefits of these Subordination 
Provisions to the same extent as if such assignee or transferee were the 
transferring Lender; provided, however, that, unless the transferring 
Lender shall otherwise consent in writing, the transferring Lender shall 
have an unimpaired right, prior and superior to that of any such 
assignee or transferee, to enforce these Subordination Provisions, for 
the benefit of the transferring Lender, as to those of the Senior 
Liabilities which the transferring Lender has not assigned or 
transferred.

     8.   Nothing contained in this Promissory Note shall, so long as no 
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under 
the Credit Agreement or any other Senior Liabilities  (a) affect the 
obligation of Maker to make, or prevent Maker from making, payments of 
principal of or interest on this Promissory Note, or  (b) prevent the 
application by the Payee, free of all rights of the holders of the 
Senior Liabilities, of any monies paid to the Payee hereunder for the 
payment of or on account of the principal of or interest on this 
Promissory Note.

     9.   The term "Senior Liabilities" means (a) any and all 
obligations of Maker, howsoever created, arising or evidenced, whether 
direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, or now or hereafter 
existing, or due or to become due, to any Lender, the Agent, the Co-
Agent or any holder of a Note issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement or 
any other Loan Document and all security therefor; and  (b) any and all 
increased renewals, extensions or rearrangements or restructurings of 
the obligations described in  (a) above.


     THE TERMS OF THIS PROMISSORY NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND 
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                                                 TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP.
                                                 a Delaware corporation


                                          By:
                                             --------------------------
                                          Name:
                                               ------------------------
                                          Title:
                                                -----------------------

                    ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND AGREEMENT

     The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Subordinated 
Promissory Note dated                     , 19     ,of Triangle Pacific 
Corp. in the original principal amount of $                   and agrees 
with the Lenders, the Co-Agent and the Agent (as such terms are defined 
in the Promissory Note) to be bound by the terms and provisions thereof 
(including, without limitation the Subordination Provisions), to receive 
no payments or distributions contrary to the terms and provisions 
thereof, and to do every other act and thing necessary or appropriate to 
carry out such terms and provisions.

     The undersigned hereby appoints the Agent the undersigned's 
attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, for the purpose of 
taking such action and executing agreements, instruments, and other 
documents in the name of the undersigned, or otherwise, as the Agent may 
deem reasonably necessary or advisable subsequent to an Insolvency Event 
to accomplish the purposes of such Promissory Note, which appointment is 
coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

               DATED:                        , 19
                     -----------------------     ----

                                              [Name of Permitted Foreign 
                                               Subsidiary], a 
                                              corporation     ----------


                                              BY:
                                                 -----------------------
                                              NAME:
                                                   ---------------------
                                              TITLE:
                                                    --------------------


                               Schedule

DATE         ADVANCE           PRINCIPAL PAYMENT             BALANCE
----         -------           -----------------             -------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------

--------    --------------    -----------------------       ------------



                                                            Exhibit 10.5
                                                            ------------

            FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
            -------------------------------------------------

     THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), 
made and entered into as of the 8th day of March, 1995, is between 
Triangle Pacific Corp., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and 
                (the "Executive").
---------------

     WHEREAS, the Company recognizes that the Executive's contribution 
to the growth and success of the Company has been substantial and 
desires to assure the Company of the Executive's continued employment; 
and

     WHEREAS, the Executive is desirous of continuing to serve the 
Company on the terms herein provided; and

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive previously executed an 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated January 10, 1992, which 
they now wish to modify, amend and restate by this Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises hereafter set 
forth, the parties agree as follows:


     1.   Employment.  The Company agrees to continue to employ the 
Executive, and the Executive agrees to continue to be employed by the 
Company, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

     2.   Term.  The employment of the Executive by the Company as 
provided in paragraph 1 hereof will be for a three-year period 
commencing on the date hereof through and ending on the third 
anniversary of the date hereof unless further extended as provided in 
the following sentence of this paragraph 2 or sooner terminated as 
provided in paragraph 5 hereof (the "Employment Term").  Commencing on 
March 8, 1996, and on each anniversary of such date (such date and each 
anniversary thereof herein called the "Renewal Date"), the Employment 
Term will be automatically extended so as to terminate on the third 
anniversary of the Renewal Date, unless, not less than 12 months prior 
to the Renewal Date, either party delivers to the other party written 
notice of its or his election not to so extend the Employment Term.

     3.    Position and Duties.  During the Employment Term, the 
Executive shall serve as President and Chief Operating Officer of the 
Company or in such other executive capacity as determined by the 
Company's Board of Directors (the "Board") from time to time.  The 
Executive agrees to devote his business time, skill, attention and best 
efforts to the business of the Company to the extent necessary to 
discharge the responsibilities assigned to him during the Employment 
Term, provided, that he may (i) engage in any business or enterprise 
which is not in competition with, or a supplier, vendor, or customer of, 
the Company and does not significantly interfere with his duties 
hereunder, (ii) serve on other civic or charitable boards or committees, 
or, with the prior consent of the Board, on other corporate boards, 
(iii) take usual, ordinary and customary periods of vacation, and (iv) 
except as otherwise provided for total disability (as hereinafter 
defined), be absent due to illness or other disability.


     4.    Compensation.
          (i)   Base Salary.  The Executive shall receive a base salary 
("Base Salary") at an annual rate equal to his current base salary 
during the remainder of calendar year 1995.  In respect of each 
remaining calendar year of the Employment Term, the Board may in its 
sole discretion increase the Executive's Base Salary effective as of 
January 1 of such calendar year in an amount that the Board deems 
appropriate, provided that the Board shall increase the Executive's Base 
Salary in respect of each remaining calendar year of the Employment Term 
by a percentage not less than the percentage, if any, by which the 
Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers for 
Dallas, Texas:  All items (1967=100), published by the Bureau of Labor 
Statistics, United States Department of Labor (the "CPI") for the year 
ending immediately prior to such calendar year increased as measured by 
the CPI for the year ending one year prior to such calendar year.  Any 
increase in Base Salary or other compensation shall in no way limit or 
reduce any other obligation of the Company hereunder and, once 
established at an increased specified rate, the Base Salary hereunder 
shall not thereafter be reduced.  Base Salary shall be paid in 
accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company, but in no 
event less frequently than monthly.  

          (ii)  Incentive Compensation; Bonuses.  In addition to Base 
Salary, the Executive shall be entitled to (A) participate in the 
Salaried Employees Annual Cash Incentive Bonus System, (B) participate 
in any other incentive plan for executive employees in effect from time 
to time, and (C) receive such other bonuses or discretionary 
compensation payments as the Board may determine from time to time.  Any 
bonus and incentive plans covered by this subparagraph 4(ii) shall be 
referred to herein in the aggregate as the "Incentive Plans".

          (iii) Expenses.  During the Employment Term, the Executive 
shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement in accordance with the 
policies and procedures of the Company for all reasonable expenses 
incurred by the Executive in the normal course of the Company's 
business.

          (iv)  Benefit Plans.  The Executive shall be entitled to 
continue to participate in or receive benefits under all of the 
Company's employee benefit plans, policies, practices and arrangements 
in which the Executive is presently eligible to participate, or plans 
and arrangements substituted therefor; provided that with respect to any 
such substitutions, the Executive's total employee benefits package 
shall be at least as favorable as the one presently in force.  The 
Executive shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under 
any benefit plans, including any pension, profit-sharing, savings, stock 
option, life insurance, health and accident plans, and short- and long-
term disability plans or arrangements, made available by the Company in 
the future to its executive employees, subject to and on a basis 
consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such 
benefit plans and arrangements.  All such benefit plans and arrangements 
available to the Executive now or at any time during the Employment Term 
shall be referred to herein collectively as the "Benefit Plans."

          (v)    Vacations.  The Executive shall be entitled to paid 
vacations in accordance with the Company's vacation policy as in effect 
from time to time.  The Executive shall also be entitled to all paid 
holidays given by the Company to its executive officers.

          (vi)   Perquisites.  The Executive shall be entitled to 
continue to receive the fringe benefits and perquisites he currently 
receives, including, without limitation, the use of an automobile (or an 
automobile allowance in lieu thereof) and the payment by the Company of 
initiation fees and dues for country clubs, luncheon clubs, or similar 
facilities, in accordance with the Company's policies presently in 
effect.

          (vii)  Location of Employment.  The Executive shall be based 
in the metropolitan Dallas area, except for required travel on the 
Company's business in accordance with the Company's past management 
practices.

     5.   Termination.
          (i)    Death.  This Agreement shall terminate automatically 
upon the death of the Executive, subject to the provisions of 
subparagraph 6(i) hereof.

          (ii)   Termination by the Company.  Subject to subparagraph 
5(v) and paragraph 6 hereof, the Company may terminate the Executive's 
employment for cause or for inadequate performance and subject to the 
provisions of subparagraph 6(ii) hereof, may terminate the Executive's 
employment for total disability; provided, however, that the Company 
shall not have the right to terminate Executive's employment for 
inadequate performance during the six-month period following a Change of 
Control (as hereinafter defined).  The term "cause" in this Agreement 
means the Executive's conviction of a felony or his conviction of any 
misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; excessive use of alcohol; the use 
of illegal drugs; acts of fraud or dishonesty; or any material breach by 
the Executive of this Agreement.  The term "inadequate performance" 
means, in the good faith opinion of the Company's Chief Executive 
Officer, a significant deviation from the Executive's past  performance 
under similar business conditions and not resulting from factors beyond 
the reasonable control of Executive.  The term "total disability"  means 
the physical or mental condition which, in the judgment of the 
Executive's attending physician, based upon medical reports and other 
evidence supplied to the Company, permanently prevents the Executive 
from satisfactorily performing his usual duties for the Company.  The 
receipt of Social Security Disability payments shall be presumptive 
evidence of total disability.

          (iii) Termination by the Executive.  The Executive may 
terminate his employment (A) for any reason at any time within six (6) 
months following a Change of Control (as hereinafter defined) and (B) 
upon the occurrence at any time of any event constituting Good Reason 
(as hereinafter defined).  For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" 
shall mean (A) the assignment to the Executive by the Company of any 
duties materially inconsistent with the Executive's offices with the 
Company at the time of such assignment, (B) the removal by the Company 
from the Executive of a material portion of those duties usually 
appertaining to the Executive's offices with the Company at the time of 
such removal, (C) a material change by the Company in the Executive's 
responsibilities to the Company, as such responsibilities are ordinarily 
and customarily required from time to time of an individual employed in 
a similar position with a corporation engaged in the Company's business, 
or (D) any breach by the Company of any of the provisions of this 
Agreement or any failure by the Company to carry out any of its 
obligations hereunder.

          (iv)   Notice of Termination.  Any termination by the Company 
for cause, for inadequate performance, or because of the total 
disability of the Executive, or by the Executive within six (6) months 
following a Change of Control or for Good Reason, shall be communicated 
by written "Notice of Termination" to the other party hereto.  The 
"Notice of Termination" shall indicate the specific termination 
provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in 
reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis 
for termination of the Executive's employment under the provisions so 
indicated.



         (v)    Cure; Notice of Cure.  If the Executive's employment is 
terminated for cause or for inadequate performance by the Company, or if 
the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, the Executive 
or the Company, as appropriate, shall have 10 days from the date of 
delivery of Notice of Termination to give notice of intention to cure 
the cause, inadequate performance, or Good Reason, if curable.  If such 
notice of intention to cure is given, the Executive or the Company, as 
appropriate, shall have 45 days from the date of its delivery to effect 
the cure.  If on the last of such 45 days, the cause or inadequate 
performance or Good Reason still remains, the Executive may then be 
terminated for cause or inadequate performance or the Executive may then 
terminate his employment for Good Reason, as the case may be.

          (vi)   Date of Termination.  "Date of Termination" shall mean 
(A) if the Executive's employment is terminated by his death, the date 
of his death; (B) if the Executive's employment is terminated because of 
the Executive's total disability, 30 days after Notice of Termination is 
given (provided that the Executive shall not have returned to the 
performance of his duties and performed the same free of any total 
disability through such 30-day period); (C) if the Executive's 
employment is terminated for cause or for inadequate performance or the 
Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason and notice of 
intention to cure is not given as provided in subparagraph 5(v) hereof, 
10 days after Notice of Termination is given; and (D) if the Executive's 
employment is terminated for cause or for inadequate performance or the 
Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason and notice of 
intention to cure is given but a cure is not effected, 55 days after 
Notice of Termination is given; and (E) for all other terminations, the 
date specified in the Notice of Termination, which date shall in no 
event be earlier than the date the Notice is given.

     6.     Compensation and Other Rights Upon Termination, Death or 
Change of Control.  The following provisions of this paragraph 6 shall 
apply in the event of a termination of the Executive's employment, or 
the occurrence of a Change of Control, prior to the expiration of the 
Employment Term.

     (i) 	(i)	If the Executive's employment is terminated by reason 
of the Executive's death, this Agreement shall terminate, and no further 
compensation shall be payable to the Executive hereunder except as 
specifically provided herein; provided, however, that the Executive's 
estate, heirs and beneficiaries shall be entitled, in addition to any 
other benefits specifically provided to them under any Incentive Plans 
or Benefit Plans, to receive the following amounts in a lump sum cash 
payment promptly after the Executive's death (if any portion of the 
amount in subparagraph 6(i)(B) is not determinable in time to be 
included in such lump sum, that portion shall be paid in a separate lump 
sum as soon as practicable after it becomes determinable):  (A) the Base 
Salary at the rate otherwise payable to the Executive for the 12-month 
period following his death; and (B) all benefits under the Incentive 
Plans that, if the Executive had lived and the Company had continued to 
employ him under this Agreement, would have accrued to his benefit on 
December 31 of the year of the date of his death.

          (ii)   If the Executive's employment is terminated by reason 
of the Executive's total disability, this Agreement shall terminate, and 
no further compensation shall be payable to the Executive hereunder 
except as specifically provided herein; provided, however, that the 
Executive shall be entitled, in addition to any other benefits 
specifically provided to him under any Incentive Plans or Benefit Plans, 
to receive the following amounts in a lump sum cash payment promptly 
after the termination of the Executive's employment by reason of such 
disability (if any portion of the amount in subparagraph 6(ii)(B) is not 
determinable in time to be included in such lump sum, that portion shall 
be paid in a separate lump sum as soon as practicable after it becomes 
determinable):  (A) the Base Salary at the rate otherwise payable to the 
Executive for the 12-month period following his Date of Termination; and 
(B) all benefits under the Incentive Plans that, if the Company had 
continued to employ the Executive under this Agreement, would have 
accrued to his benefit on December 31 of the year of the Date of 
Termination.

          (iii) If the Executive shall terminate his employment other 
than pursuant to subparagraph 5(iii) hereof, or if the Company shall 
terminate the Executive for cause, the Company (A) shall promptly pay 
the Executive his full Base Salary through the Date of Termination at 
the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given and all 
amounts accrued on behalf of the Executive as of the Date of Termination 
(including a pro rata amount for the current year) under the Incentive 
Plans and (to the extent possible under the terms thereof) the Benefit 
Plans, and (B) shall promptly reimburse the Executive for expenses 
incurred by him through the Date of Termination in accordance with 
subparagraph 4(iii) hereof.  Such termination shall not impair the 
Company's remedies for any breach of this Agreement by the Executive.

          (iv)   If the Company shall terminate the Executive's 
employment (other than for cause, total disability or inadequate 
performance), or employment of the Executive shall terminate for any 
reason (other than Executive's voluntary decision to do so) within six 
(6) months following a Change of Control, or the Executive shall 
terminate his employment at any time for Good Reason, then the 
provisions of subparagraph 6(vii) shall apply in full and the Company 
shall pay to the Executive the following amounts:

               (A)    the amounts (including Base Salary) specified in 
clauses (A) and (B) of subparagraph 6(iii) hereof;

               (B)     a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to 
three (3) times the average of the Executive's Annual Compensation (as 
hereinafter defined) for the five full calendar years immediately 
preceding the calendar year in which the Executive's employment 
terminated, such amount to be paid within ten (10) days following the 
Date of Termination (for purposes of this Agreement, "Annual 
Compensation" for a calendar year means all wages, salary, bonus and 
other compensation paid to or on behalf of the Executive with respect to 
his employment by the Company or its affiliates during such calendar 
year, which are includable in the gross income of the Executive for such 
calendar year for federal income tax purposes);   

               (C)     as soon as practicable after it becomes 
determinable, all benefits under the Incentive Plans that, if the 
Company had continued to employ the Executive under this Agreement, 
would have accrued to his benefit on December 31 of the year of the Date 
of Termination, prorated to the Date of Termination; and

               (D)     all actual moving expenses incurred in connection 
with the Executive's reemployment as a result of such termination, at 
least equal in amount to the level payable under the Company's moving 
and relocation policy in effect on the Date of Termination.

          (v)    If the Executive voluntarily determines to terminate 
his employment within six (6) months following a Change of Control, then 
the Company shall pay to the Executive the following amounts:





               (A)     The amounts (including Base Salary) specified in 
clauses (A) and (B) of subparagraph 6(iii) hereof;

               (B)     A lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to two 
(2) times the average of the Executive's Annual Compensation (as 
hereinabove defined) for the five full calendar years immediately 
preceding the calendar year in which the Executive's employment 
terminated, such amount to be paid within ten (10) days following the 
Date of Termination; and

               (C)     The amounts provided in clauses (C) and (D) of 
subparagraph 6(iv) hereof.

          (vi)   If the Company shall terminate the Executive's 
employment for inadequate performance as provided in subparagraph 5(ii) 
hereof, then the Company shall pay to the Executive the following 
amounts:

               (A)     The amounts (including Base Salary) specified in 
clauses (A) and (B) of subparagraph 6(iii) hereof; and 

          (B)     A lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to two (2) 
times the average of the Executive's Annual Compensation (as hereinabove 
defined) for the five full calendar years immediately preceding the 
calendar year in which the Executive's employment terminated, such 
amount to be paid within ten (10) days following the Date of 
Termination.

          (vii)  Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary 
contained in this Agreement, in any Incentive Plan or in any other 
agreement between the Company and the Executive, if the Company shall 
terminate the Executive's employment (other than for cause, total 
disability or inadequate performance) or the Executive shall terminate 
his employment for Good Reason, or if a Change of Control shall occur 
during the Employment Term, then, effective immediately prior to the 
Date of Termination or such Change of Control and continuing thereafter:

               (A)     All stock options and stock appreciation rights 
that the Executive then holds under any Incentive Plan or Benefit Plan 
shall become immediately and fully vested and exercisable; 

               (B)    All shares of restricted stock that the Executive 
then holds under any Incentive Plan or Benefit Plan shall become 
immediately and fully vested and all restrictions applicable to such 
shares under such plans shall immediately terminate;

               (C)    All performance share awards, performance unit 
awards and other similar performance-based awards that the Executive 
then holds under any Incentive Plan or Benefit Plan shall become 
immediately and fully vested, all performance measures applicable to 
such awards shall be deemed to have been fully satisfied, and payment of 
the then value of such awards shall be made to the Executive as soon as 
administratively feasible following the Date of Termination or such 
Change of Control, with the value of such awards to be based, to the 
extent applicable, on the Market Value (as hereinafter defined) or the 
Change of Control Value (as hereinafter defined) of the common stock of 
the Company, whichever is applicable; 

               (D)     All other incentive compensation awards, 
including deferred cash bonuses or stock awards, then held by the 
Executive under any Incentive Plan or Benefit Plan shall become 
immediately and fully vested and payable; and

               (E)     The Executive shall have the right, exercisable 
effective immediately prior to any Change of Control referenced in 
clause (a) of the definition thereof or effective at any time and from 
time to time within 180 days after the Date of Termination or any Change 
of Control referenced in clause (b) of the definition thereof, to (1) 
sell to the Company any or all of the shares of common stock of the 
Company then held by or on behalf of the Executive, and, upon the 
delivery to the Company of such shares, the Company shall pay to the 
Executive an amount of cash per share equal to the Market Value or the 
Change of Control Value, whichever is applicable, of such shares; and 
(2) surrender to the Company any or all of the outstanding stock options 
then held by the Executive under any Incentive Plan or Benefit Plan, 
and, upon such surrender, the Company shall pay to the Executive an 
amount of cash per option share equal to the excess of the Market Value 
or the Change of Control Value, whichever is applicable, of such shares 
over the exercise prices under such options for such shares.  Any such 
sale or surrender of shares or option shares shall be consummated on 
such date and at such time and place as shall be mutually agreed on by 
the parties, but if the parties are unable to agree on such matters, 
then such sale or surrender shall be consummated at the principal 
executive offices of the Company on the date of any Change of Control 
referenced in clause (a) of the definition thereof or, if such right is 
exercised after the Date of Termination or the Change of Control, on the 
fifth business day following the date on which the Executive's notice of 
election to exercise such right shall have been given.  

          (viii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, 
if applicable law or any material agreement by which the Company is 
bound imposes any restrictions on the Company's fulfilling its 
obligations under this paragraph 6 at the time provided, the Company 
shall fulfill its obligations to the maximum extent possible at that 
time without violating such restrictions, such obligations shall survive 
until the Company is able to fulfill them and the Company shall use its 
best efforts to fulfill such obligations as soon as reasonably 
practicable thereafter.  

          (ix)   If the Executive's employment is terminated under the 
circumstances described in subparagraph 6(iv) hereof, the Company shall 
maintain in full force and effect for the continued benefit of the 
Executive and his eligible dependents and beneficiaries, for a period of 
18 months following the Date of Termination, the employee benefits under 
the Benefit Plans that they were eligible to receive immediately prior 
to the Date of Termination, subject to the terms and conditions of the 
Benefit Plans, at no greater cost to the Executive than he would have 
incurred had he remained in the employ of the Company; provided that the 
Executive's continued participation or the participation of such 
eligible dependents or beneficiaries is possible under the general terms 
and provisions of such Benefit Plans and would not jeopardize the Plans' 
qualified status under the Internal Revenue Code or the rules and 
regulations promulgated thereunder.  In the event that the Executive's 
participation or the participation of such eligible dependents or 
beneficiaries in any such Benefit Plan is barred pursuant to the 
preceding sentence, the Company shall arrange to provide the Executive 
or such eligible dependents or beneficiaries, for the period of coverage 
specified in the preceding sentence, with benefits substantially similar 
to those which the Executive and such eligible dependents or 
beneficiaries were entitled to receive under such Benefit Plans 
immediately prior to the Date of Termination.  Upon the Executive 
obtaining other employment or becoming self-employed, the Company's 
obligations under this subparagraph 6(ix) hereof shall cease effective 
upon the date of the Executive's eligibility to participate in his new 
employer's benefits plans or in any benefit plans established by the 
Executive pursuant to his self-employment, irrespective of whether such 
benefit plans are comparable to the Company's Benefit Plans.

          (x)    If the Executive's employment is terminated for 
inadequate performance or if the Executive terminates his employment 
voluntarily within six (6) months following a Change of Control, the 
Executive shall be required to mitigate the amount of any payment 
provided for under this paragraph 6 by seeking other employment or 
becoming self-employed, and any such payment shall be reduced (or 
refunded to the Company by the Executive) by any compensation earned by 
the Executive as a result of such employment or otherwise during the 
specified period following his termination of employment for which he 
has been compensated by the Company.

     7.   Certain Definitions.
          (i)     For purposes of this Agreement, "Change of Control" 
means a change in control of the Company after the date of this 
Agreement in any one of the following circumstances: (a) the Company is 
a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other 
reorganization, or a proxy contest, as a consequence of which members of 
the Board in office immediately prior to such transaction or event 
constitute less than a majority of the Board thereafter; or (b) during 
any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of 
such period constituted the Board (including for this purpose any new 
director whose election or nomination for election by the Company's 
stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the 
directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of 
such period) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of 
the Board.  A Change of Control shall have occurred for purposes of this 
Agreement in any of the foregoing circumstances, and the Executive shall 
have all of the rights provided by this Agreement upon the occurrence of 
such Change of Control, regardless of whether a previous Change of 
Control shall have occurred during the Employment Term.

     (ii)   (ii)  For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Change of 
Control Value" means the amount determined in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) 
below, whichever is applicable, as follows:  (i) the per share price 
offered to stockholders of the Company in any merger, consolidation, 
sale of assets or reorganization transaction; (ii) the highest per share 
price offered the stockholders of the Company in any tender offer or 
exchange offer whereby a Change of Control takes place; or (iii) if a 
Change of Control occurs other than as described in clause (i) or clause 
(ii), the Market Value per share, as of the date of the Change of 
Control, as determined by the Board in good faith.  If the consideration 
offered to stockholders of the Company in a transaction consists of 
anything other than cash, the Board shall determine in good faith the 
fair cash equivalent of the portion of the consideration offered which 
is other than cash.

     (iii)  For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Market Value" 
means the fair market value per share as of the date in question, as 
determined by the Board in good faith; provided, however, that if a 
share if listed or admitted to trading on a securities exchange 
registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Market Value 
shall be the average of the closing prices of such share for the twenty 
(20) trading days prior to the date in question on the principal 
securities exchange on which such share is listed or admitted to 
trading, or if a share is not listed or admitted to trading on any such 
exchange but is listed as a national market security on the National 
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations ("NASDAQ") 
system or any similar system then in use, the Market Value shall be the 
average of the closing prices of such share for the twenty (20) trading 
days prior to the date in question on such system, or if a share is not 
listed or admitted to trading on any such exchange and is not listed as 
a national market security on NASDAQ but is quoted on NASDAQ or any 
similar system then in use, the Market Value shall be the average of the 
closing high bid and low asked quotations on such system for such share 
for the twenty (20) trading days prior to the date in question.

     8.   Certain Payments.  
          (i)     Anything in this Agreement to the contrary 
notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or 
distribution from the Company or from a member of the Company's 
affiliated group (as provided in Section 280G(d)(5) of the Internal 
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")) to or for the benefit of 
the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable 
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, including the 
value of the acceleration of vesting of any stock option, stock 
appreciation right or similar award or right) following a Change of 
Control which is considered to be a "parachute payment" within the 
meaning of Section 280G of the Code, disregarding subsection 
280G(b)(2)(A)(ii) thereof (a "Parachute Payment"), would be 
nondeductible by the Company for Federal income tax purposes because of 
Section 280G of the Code, then the aggregate present value of all such 
Parachute Payments which are payable or distributable to or for the 
benefit of the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, including the value 
of the acceleration of vesting of any stock option, stock appreciation 
right or similar award or right (such Parachute Payments pursuant to 
this Agreement are hereinafter referred to as the "Agreement Parachute 
Payments") shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the Reduced Amount 
by reducing the amount of the Agreement Parachute Payments, beginning 
with cash and similar payments.  The "Reduced Amount" shall be the 
maximum amount of the Agreement Parachute Payments which, when 
aggregated with all other Parachute Payments, can be made to the 
Executive without causing any Agreement Parachute Payment to be 
nondeductible by the Company because of Section 280G of the Code.

          (ii)    All determinations required to be made under this 
paragraph 8 shall be made by the Company's independent auditors 
immediately prior to the Date of Termination or Change of Control (the 
"Accounting Firm") which shall provide detailed supporting calculations 
both to the Company and the Executive within fifteen (15) business days 
of any Change of Control or the Date of Termination or such earlier time 
as is requested by the Company.  Any such determination by the 
Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.  
All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by 
the Company.  

      Within five (5) business days after the determination by the 
Accounting Firm, the Company shall pay to or distribute to or for the 
benefit of the Executive such amounts as are then due to the Executive 
under this Agreement and shall promptly pay to or distribute for the 
benefit of the Executive in the future such amounts as become due to the 
Executive under this Agreement.

          (iii) As a result of the uncertainty in the application of 
Section 280G of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the 
Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that payments will have been 
made by the Company which should not have been made ("Overpayment") or 
that additional payments which will have not been made by the Company 
could have been made ("Underpayment"), in each case, consistent with the 
calculations required to be made hereunder.  In the event that the 
Accounting Firm determines that an Overpayment has been made, any such 
Overpayment shall be treated for all purposes as a loan to Executive 
which Executive shall repay to the Company together with interest at the 
applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code.  
In the event that the Accounting Firm determines that an Underpayment 
has occurred, any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the 
Company to or for the benefit of the Executive together with interest at 
the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the 
Code.

     9.     Non-Compete, Non-Disclosure and Remedies.
     (i)    The Executive agrees that if he terminates his employment 
with the Company other than pursuant to subparagraph 5(iii) hereof, or 
if the Company terminates the Executive's employment for cause or for 
inadequate performance, in each case prior to the expiration of the 
Employment Term, he will not, prior to six months from the Date of 
Termination, directly or indirectly engage anywhere in Dallas, Texas, or 
within a fifty (50)-mile radius of Dallas, Texas, in the manufacturing, 
marketing and/or financing of cabinets, hardwood floors, products used 
with hardwood floors, and products used in substitution of or 
replacement for the foregoing, whether as an owner, employee, director, 
officer, shareholder, partner, agent, or otherwise; nor for such period 
will the Executive solicit the employment of any employee of the Company 
or the patronage of any person or entity that is, or was within the 12-
month period preceding such Date of Termination, a customer of the 
Company.

          (ii)    The Executive shall not, during his employment 
hereunder or at any time thereafter, disclose or reveal to anyone (other 
than persons within the Company) any information relating to the 
business, techniques, operations, condition (financial or otherwise), 
prospects or affairs of the Company which is not generally known or 
recognized as a standard industry practice.  The Executive confirms that 
all confidential information regarding the business of the Company 
received by him during his employment is and shall remain the exclusive 
property of the Company.  All business records, papers and documents 
kept or made by the Executive relating to the business of the Company 
shall be and remain its property.  Upon the termination of his 
employment with the Company or upon the Company's request at any time, 
the Executive shall promptly deliver to the Company, and shall not, 
without the consent of the Company, retain copies of, any written 
materials not previously made available to the public made by the 
Executive or coming into his possession concerning the business or 
affairs of the Company or any predecessor to its business or any of its 
affiliates.  Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this 
subparagraph 9(ii) or any other provision of this Agreement, the 
Executive shall be entitled to retain any written materials received by 
the Executive in the capacity as a shareholder of the Company or the 
Company's affiliates.

          (iii) Without limiting its other remedies at law or equity for 
any breach of subparagraphs 9(i) or (ii) hereof, the Executive agrees 
that in the event of such breach, the Company shall be entitled to a 
temporary restraining order and a preliminary and permanent injunction 
(but, with respect to subparagraph 9(i) hereof, only for the duration of 
the six-month period specified therein) to specifically enforce 
subparagraphs 9(i) and (ii) hereof.  Subparagraph 9(ii) hereof shall be 
enforceable by the Company, irrespective of the reason for the 
Executive's termination of employment.

     10.    Successors; Binding Agreement.
     (I)    The Company shall require any successor to all or 
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company (whether 
direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise), by 
agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the 
Executive, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in 
the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be 
required to perform if no such succession had taken place; provided that 
with respect to the Company's Incentive Plans and Benefit Plans, the 
Company's obligations under this subparagraph 10(i) shall be deemed 
satisfied if the Executive is entitled to participate in the incentive 
and benefit plans of the successor company that are generally offered to 
the other executives of such successor company.  As used in this 
Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and 
any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes 
and delivers the agreement provided for in this subparagraph 10(i) or 
which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this 
Agreement by operation of law.

          (ii)    This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be 
enforceable by (A) the Executive's personal or legal representatives, 
executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and 
legatees, and (B) the Company's successors and assigns.

     11.    Notices.  For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and 
all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in 
writing and shall be delivered by certified mail, return receipt 
requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
      If to the Employee:
                          -----------------------------
                          -----------------------------
                          -----------------------------


      If to the Company:      Triangle Pacific Corp.
                              16803 Dallas Parkway
                              Dallas, Texas  75248
                              Attention:  Chairman of the Board

     1.     Miscellaneous.  No provisions of this Agreement may be 
modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or 
discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and the 
Chairman of the Board of the Company.  No waiver by a party at any time 
of any breach by the other party of, or compliance with, any condition 
or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall 
be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at 
the same time or at any prior or subsequent time.  The validity, 
interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be 
governed by the laws of the State of Texas.

     2.     Validity.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any 
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or 
enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

     3.     Headings.  The headings contained herein are for reference 
purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or 
interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

     4.     Supersession of Prior Agreement.  This Agreement supersedes 
any previous employment agreements between the Company or its 
predecessor corporations and the Executive, and any amendments and 
supplements thereto.

     5.     Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire 
agreement of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof 
and there are no written or oral terms or representations made by either 
party other than those contained herein.

     6.     Attorneys' Fees and Costs.  In the event there is any 
arbitration or litigation between the parties hereto with respect to 
this Agreement, and the Executive is successful, on the merits or 
otherwise, as to any claim in such arbitration or litigation (whether or 
not he is wholly successful in such arbitration or litigation), then the 
Executive shall be entitled to recover from the Company all reasonable 
attorneys' fees and costs incurred by him in connection with such 
arbitration or litigation.  

     7.     Survival.  Neither the expiration nor the termination of the 
term of the Executive's employment hereunder shall impair the rights or 
obligations of either party hereto which shall have accrued hereunder 
prior to such expiration or termination.  The provisions of paragraphs 
6, 7, 8, 9, 17, 19 and 20 hereof, and the rights and obligations of the 
parties thereunder, shall survive the expiration or termination of the 
term of the Executive's employment hereunder. 

     8.     No Effect on Other Contractual Rights.  The provisions of 
this Agreement, and any payment provided for hereunder, shall not reduce 
any amounts otherwise payable to the Executive, or in any way diminish 
the Executive's rights as an employee of the Company, whether existing 
now or hereafter, under any employee benefit plan, program, or 
arrangement or other contract or agreement of the Company providing 
benefits to the Executive.

     9.     Arbitration.  The parties agree that any disputes arising 
from this Agreement shall be resolved by submission to binding and final 
arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration 
Association.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement 
as of the date and year first above written.

                                       TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP.



                               By:                                
                                   -------------------------------

                                   -------------------------------








                       SCHEDULE 1 TO FORM OF AMENDED
                     AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     The following employees of the Registrant entered into employment 
agreements  substantially identical to the foregoing form:

          John G. Conklin
          M. Joseph McHugh
          Floyd F. Sherman
          Robert J. Symon





                                                            Exhibit 10.6
                                                            ------------

                      FORM OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                      ----------------------------

     THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), made and entered into 
as of the 8th day of March, 1995, is between Triangle Pacific Corp., a 
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and                       (the 
"Executive").                             ---------------------

     WHEREAS, the Company recognizes that the Executive's contribution 
to the growth and success of the Company has been substantial and 
desires to assure the Company of the Executive's continued employment; 
and

     WHEREAS, the Executive is desirous of continuing to serve the 
Company on the terms herein provided; and

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises hereafter set 
forth, the parties agree as follows:


     1.   Employment.  The Company agrees to continue to employ the 
Executive, and the Executive agrees to continue to be employed by the 
Company, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

     2.   Term.  The employment of the Executive by the Company as 
provided in paragraph 1 hereof will be for a two-year period commencing 
on the date hereof through and ending on the second anniversary of the 
date hereof unless further extended as provided in the following 
sentence of this paragraph 2 or sooner terminated as provided in 
paragraph 5 hereof (the "Employment Term").  Commencing on March 8, 
1996, and on each anniversary of such date (such date and each 
anniversary thereof herein called the "Renewal Date"), the Employment 
Term will be automatically extended so as to terminate on the second 
anniversary of the Renewal Date, unless, not less than 12 months prior 
to the Renewal Date, either party delivers to the other party written 
notice of its or his election not to so extend the Employment Term.

     3.   Position and Duties.  During the Employment Term, the 
Executive shall serve as Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel 
of the Company or in such other executive capacity as determined by the 
Company's Board of Directors (the "Board") from time to time.  The 
Executive agrees to devote his business time, skill, attention and best 
efforts to the business of the Company to the extent necessary to 
discharge the responsibilities assigned to him during the Employment 
Term, provided, that he may (i) engage in any business or enterprise 
which is not in competition with, or a supplier, vendor, or customer of, 
the Company and does not significantly interfere with his duties 
hereunder, (ii) serve on other civic or charitable boards or committees, 
or, with the prior consent of the Board, on other corporate boards, 
(iii) take usual, ordinary and customary periods of vacation, and (iv) 
except as otherwise provided for total disability (as hereinafter 
defined), be absent due to illness or other disability.


     4.   Compensation.
          (i)  Base Salary.  The Executive shall receive a base salary 
("Base Salary") at an annual rate equal to his current base salary 
during the remainder of calendar year 1995.  In respect of each 
remaining calendar year of the Employment Term, the Board may in its 
sole discretion increase the Executive's Base Salary effective as of 
January 1 of such calendar year in an amount that the Board deems 
appropriate, provided that the Board shall increase the Executive's Base 
Salary in respect of each remaining calendar year of the Employment Term 
by a percentage not less than the percentage, if any, by which the 
Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers for 
Dallas, Texas:  All items (1967=100), published by the Bureau of Labor 
Statistics, United States Department of Labor (the "CPI") for the year 
ending immediately prior to such calendar year increased as measured by 
the CPI for the year ending one year prior to such calendar year.  Any 
increase in Base Salary or other compensation shall in no way limit or 
reduce any other obligation of the Company hereunder and, once 
established at an increased specified rate, the Base Salary hereunder 
shall not thereafter be reduced.  Base Salary shall be paid in 
accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company, but in no 
event less frequently than monthly.  

          (ii)  Incentive Compensation; Bonuses.  In addition to Base 
Salary, the Executive shall be entitled to (A) participate in the 
Salaried Employees Annual Cash Incentive Bonus System, (B) participate 
in any other incentive plan for executive employees in effect from time 
to time, and (C) receive such other bonuses or discretionary 
compensation payments as the Board may determine from time to time.  Any 
bonus and incentive plans covered by this subparagraph 4(ii) shall be 
referred to herein in the aggregate as the "Incentive Plans".

          (iii) Expenses.  During the Employment Term, the Executive 
shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement in accordance with the 
policies and procedures of the Company for all reasonable expenses 
incurred by the Executive in the normal course of the Company's 
business.

          (iv)  Benefit Plans.  The Executive shall be entitled to 
continue to participate in or receive benefits under all of the 
Company's employee benefit plans, policies, practices and arrangements 
in which the Executive is presently eligible to participate, or plans 
and arrangements substituted therefor; provided that with respect to any 
such substitutions, the Executive's total employee benefits package 
shall be at least as favorable as the one presently in force.  The 
Executive shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under 
any benefit plans, including any pension, profit-sharing, savings, stock 
option, life insurance, health and accident plans, and short- and long-
term disability plans or arrangements, made available by the Company in 
the future to its executive employees, subject to and on a basis 
consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such 
benefit plans and arrangements.  All such benefit plans and arrangements 
available to the Executive now or at any time during the Employment Term 
shall be referred to herein collectively as the "Benefit Plans."

          (v)   Vacations.  The Executive shall be entitled to paid 
vacations in accordance with the Company's vacation policy as in effect 
from time to time.  The Executive shall also be entitled to all paid 
holidays given by the Company to its executive officers.

          (vi)  Perquisites.  The Executive shall be entitled to 
continue to receive the fringe benefits and perquisites he currently 
receives, including, without limitation, the use of an automobile (or an 
automobile allowance in lieu thereof) and the payment by the Company of 
initiation fees and dues for country clubs, luncheon clubs, or similar 
facilities, in accordance with the Company's policies presently in 
effect.

          (vii) Location of Employment.  The Executive shall be based in 
the metropolitan Dallas area, except for required travel on the 
Company's business in accordance with the Company's past management 
practices.

     5.   Termination.
         (i)    Death.  This Agreement shall terminate automatically 
upon the death of the Executive, subject to the provisions of 
subparagraph 6(i) hereof.

         (ii)   Termination by the Company.  Subject to subparagraph 
5(v) and paragraph 6 hereof, the Company may terminate the Executive's 
employment for cause or for inadequate performance and subject to the 
provisions of subparagraph 6(ii) hereof, may terminate the Executive's 
employment for total disability; provided, however, that the Company 
shall not have the right to terminate Executive's employment for 
inadequate performance during the six-month period following a Change of 
Control (as hereinafter defined).  The term "cause" in this Agreement 
means the Executive's conviction of a felony or his conviction of any 
misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; excessive use of alcohol; the use 
of illegal drugs; acts of fraud or dishonesty; or any material breach by 
the Executive of this Agreement.  The term "inadequate performance" 
means, in the good faith opinion of the Company's Chief Executive 
Officer, a significant deviation from the Executive's past performance 
under similar business conditions and not resulting from factors beyond 
the reasonable control of Executive.  The term "total disability"  means 
the physical or mental condition which, in the judgment of the 
Executive's attending physician, based upon medical reports and other 
evidence supplied to the Company, permanently prevents the Executive 
from satisfactorily performing his usual duties for the Company.  The 
receipt of Social Security Disability payments shall be presumptive 
evidence of total disability.

          (iii)  Termination by the Executive.  The Executive may 
terminate his employment (A) for any reason at any time within six (6) 
months following a Change of Control (as hereinafter defined) and (B) 
upon the occurrence at any time of any event constituting Good Reason 
(as hereinafter defined).  For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" 
shall mean (A) the assignment to the Executive by the Company of any 
duties materially inconsistent with the Executive's offices with the 
Company at the time of such assignment, (B) the removal by the Company 
from the Executive of a material portion of those duties usually 
appertaining to the Executive's offices with the Company at the time of 
such removal, (C) a material change by the Company in the Executive's 
responsibilities to the Company, as such responsibilities are ordinarily 
and customarily required from time to time of an individual employed in 
a similar position with a corporation engaged in the Company's business, 
or (D) any breach by the Company of any of the provisions of this 
Agreement or any failure by the Company to carry out any of its 
obligations hereunder.

          (iv)   Notice of Termination.  Any termination by the Company 
for cause, for inadequate performance, or because of the total 
disability of the Executive, or by the Executive within six (6) months 
following a Change of Control or for Good Reason, shall be communicated 
by written "Notice of Termination" to the other party hereto.  The 
"Notice of Termination" shall indicate the specific termination 
provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in 
reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis 
for termination of the Executive's employment under the provisions so 
indicated.

          (v)    Cure; Notice of Cure.  If the Executive's employment is 
terminated for cause or for inadequate performance by the Company, or if 
the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, the Executive 
or the Company, as appropriate, shall have 10 days from the date of 
delivery of Notice of Termination to give notice of intention to cure 
the cause, inadequate performance, or Good Reason, if curable.  If such 
notice of intention to cure is given, the Executive or the Company, as 
appropriate, shall have 45 days from the date of its delivery to effect 
the cure.  If on the last of such 45 days, the cause or inadequate 
performance or Good Reason still remains, the Executive may then be 
terminated for cause or inadequate performance or the Executive may then 
terminate his employment for Good Reason, as the case may be.

          (vi)   Date of Termination.  "Date of Termination" shall mean 
(A) if the Executive's employment is terminated by his death, the date 
of his death; (B) if the Executive's employment is terminated because of 
the Executive's total disability, 30 days after Notice of Termination is 
given (provided that the Executive shall not have returned to the 
performance of his duties and performed the same free of any total 
disability through such 30-day period); (C) if the Executive's 
employment is terminated for cause or for inadequate performance or the 
Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason and notice of 
intention to cure is not given as provided in subparagraph 5(v) hereof, 
10 days after Notice of Termination is given; and (D) if the Executive's 
employment is terminated for cause or for inadequate performance or the 
Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason and notice of 
intention to cure is given but a cure is not effected, 55 days after 
Notice of Termination is given; and (E) for all other terminations, the 
date specified in the Notice of Termination, which date shall in no 
event be earlier than the date the Notice is given.

     6.    Compensation and Other Rights Upon Termination, Death or 
Change of Control.  The following provisions of this paragraph 6 shall 
apply in the event of a termination of the Executive's employment, or 
the occurrence of a Change of Control, prior to the expiration of the 
Employment Term.

          (i)    If the Executive's employment is terminated by reason 
of the Executive's death, this Agreement shall terminate, and no further 
compensation shall be payable to the Executive hereunder except as 
specifically provided herein; provided, however, that the Executive's 
estate, heirs and beneficiaries shall be entitled, in addition to any 
other benefits specifically provided to them under any Incentive Plans 
or Benefit Plans, to receive the following amounts in a lump sum cash 
payment promptly after the Executive's death (if any portion of the 
amount in subparagraph 6(i)(B) is not determinable in time to be 
included in such lump sum, that portion shall be paid in a separate lump 
sum as soon as practicable after it becomes determinable):  (A) the Base 
Salary at the rate otherwise payable to the Executive for the 12-month 
period following his death; and (B) all benefits under the Incentive 
Plans that, if the Executive had lived and the Company had continued to 
employ him under this Agreement, would have accrued to his benefit on 
December 31 of the year of the date of his death.

          (ii)   If the Executive's employment is terminated by reason 
of the Executive's total disability, this Agreement shall terminate, and 
no further compensation shall be payable to the Executive hereunder 
except as specifically provided herein; provided, however, that the 
Executive shall be entitled, in addition to any other benefits 
specifically provided to him under any Incentive Plans or Benefit Plans, 
to receive the following amounts in a lump sum cash payment promptly 
after the termination of the Executive's employment by reason of such 
disability (if any portion of the amount in subparagraph 6(ii)(B) is not 
determinable in time to be included in such lump sum, that portion shall 
be paid in a separate lump sum as soon as practicable after it becomes 
determinable):  (A) the Base Salary at the rate otherwise payable to the 
Executive for the 12-month period following his Date of Termination; and 
(B) all benefits under the Incentive Plans that, if the Company had 
continued to employ the Executive under this Agreement, would have 
accrued to his benefit on December 31 of the year of the Date of 
Termination.

          (iii)  If the Executive shall terminate his employment other 
than pursuant to subparagraph 5(iii) hereof, or if the Company shall 
terminate the Executive for cause, the Company (A) shall promptly pay 
the Executive his full Base Salary through the Date of Termination at 
the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given and all 
amounts accrued on behalf of the Executive as of the Date of Termination 
(including a pro rata amount for the current year) under the Incentive 
Plans and (to the extent possible under the terms thereof) the Benefit 
Plans, and (B) shall promptly reimburse the Executive for expenses 
incurred by him through the Date of Termination in accordance with 
subparagraph 4(iii) hereof.  Such termination shall not impair the 
Company's remedies for any breach of this Agreement by the Executive.

          (iv)   If the Company shall terminate the Executive's 
employment (other than for cause, total disability or inadequate 
performance), or employment of the Executive shall terminate for any 
reason (other than Executive's voluntary decision to do so) within six 
(6) months following a Change of Control, or the Executive shall 
terminate his employment at any time for Good Reason, then the 
provisions of subparagraph 6(vii) shall apply in full and the Company 
shall pay to the Executive the following amounts:

               (A)     the amounts (including Base Salary) specified in 
clauses (A) and (B) of subparagraph 6(iii) hereof;

               (B)     a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to two 
(2) times the average of the Executive's Annual Compensation (as 
hereinafter defined) for the five full calendar years immediately 
preceding the calendar year in which the Executive's employment 
terminated, such amount to be paid within ten (10) days following the 
Date of Termination (for purposes of this Agreement, "Annual 
Compensation" for a calendar year means all wages, salary, bonus and 
other compensation paid to or on behalf of the Executive with respect to 
his employment by the Company or its affiliates during such calendar 
year, which are includable in the gross income of the Executive for such 
calendar year for federal income tax purposes);   

               (C)     as soon as practicable after it becomes 
determinable, all benefits under the Incentive Plans that, if the 
Company had continued to employ the Executive under this Agreement, 
would have accrued to his benefit on December 31 of the year of the Date 
of Termination, prorated to the Date of Termination; and

               (D)     all actual moving expenses incurred in connection 
with the Executive's reemployment as a result of such termination, at 
least equal in amount to the level payable under the Company's moving 
and relocation policy in effect on the Date of Termination.

          (v)   If the Executive voluntarily determines to terminate his 
employment within six (6) months following a Change of Control, then the 
Company shall pay to the Executive the following amounts:

               (A)     The amounts (including Base Salary) specified in 
clauses (A) and (B) of subparagraph 6(iii) hereof;

               (B)     A lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to one 
and one-half (1 1/2) times the average of the Executive's Annual 
Compensation (as hereinabove defined) for the five full calendar years 
immediately preceding the calendar year in which the Executive's 
employment terminated, such amount to be paid within ten (10) days 
following the Date of Termination; and

               (C)     The amounts provided in clauses (C) and (D) of 
subparagraph 6(iv) hereof.

          (vi)  If the Company shall terminate the Executive's 
employment for inadequate performance as provided in subparagraph 5(ii) 
hereof, then the Company shall pay to the Executive the following 
amounts:

               (A)    The amounts (including Base Salary) specified in 
clauses (A) and (B) of subparagraph 6(iii) hereof; and

               (B)    A lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to one 
and one-half (1 1/2) times the average of the Executive's Annual 
Compensation (as hereinabove defined) for the five full calendar years 
immediately preceding the calendar year in which the Executive's 
employment terminated, such amount to be paid within ten (10) days 
following the Date of Termination.

          (vii)    Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary 
contained in this Agreement, in any Incentive Plan or in any other 
agreement between the Company and the Executive, if the Company shall 
terminate the Executive's employment (other than for cause, total 
disability or inadequate performance) or the Executive shall terminate 
his employment for Good Reason, or if a Change of Control shall occur 
during the Employment Term, then, effective immediately prior to the 
Date of Termination or such Change of Control and continuing thereafter:

               (A)  All stock options and stock appreciation rights that 
the Executive then holds under any Incentive Plan or Benefit Plan shall 
become immediately and fully vested and exercisable; 

               (B)  All shares of restricted stock that the Executive 
then holds under any Incentive Plan or Benefit Plan shall become 
immediately and fully vested and all restrictions applicable to such 
shares under such plans shall immediately terminate;

               (C)  All performance share awards, performance unit 
awards and other similar performance-based awards that the Executive 
then holds under any Incentive Plan or Benefit Plan shall become 
immediately and fully vested, all performance measures applicable to 
such awards shall be deemed to have been fully satisfied, and payment of 
the then value of such awards shall be made to the Executive as soon as 
administratively feasible following the Date of Termination or such 
Change of Control, with the value of such awards to be based, to the 
extent applicable, on the Market Value (as hereinafter defined) or the 
Change of Control Value (as hereinafter defined) of the common stock of 
the Company, whichever is applicable; 

               (D)  All other incentive compensation awards, including 
deferred cash bonuses or stock awards, then held by the Executive under 
any Incentive Plan or Benefit Plan shall become immediately and fully 
vested and payable; and

               (E)  The Executive shall have the right, exercisable 
effective immediately prior to any Change of Control referenced in 
clause (a) of the definition thereof or effective at any time and from 
time to time within 180 days after the Date of Termination or any Change 
of Control referenced in clause (b) of the definition thereof, to (1) 
sell to the Company any or all of the shares of common stock of the 
Company then held by or on behalf of the Executive, and, upon the 
delivery to the Company of such shares, the Company shall pay to the 
Executive an amount of cash per share equal to the Market Value or the 
Change of Control Value, whichever is applicable, of such shares; and 
(2) surrender to the Company any or all of the outstanding stock options 
then held by the Executive under any Incentive Plan or Benefit Plan, 
and, upon such surrender, the Company shall pay to the Executive an 
amount of cash per option share equal to the excess of the Market Value 
or the Change of Control Value, whichever is applicable, of such shares 
over the exercise prices under such options for such shares.  Any such 
sale or surrender of shares or option shares shall be consummated on 
such date and at such time and place as shall be mutually agreed on by 
the parties, but if the parties are unable to agree on such matters, 
then such sale or surrender shall be consummated at the principal 
executive offices of the Company on the date of any Change of Control 
referenced in clause (a) of the definition thereof or, if such right is 
exercised after the Date of Termination or the Change of Control, on the 
fifth business day following the date on which the Executive's notice of 
election to exercise such right shall have been given.  

           (viii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this 
Agreement, if applicable law or any material agreement by which the 
Company is bound imposes any restrictions on the Company's fulfilling 
its obligations under this paragraph 6 at the time provided, the Company 
shall fulfill its obligations to the maximum extent possible at that 
time without violating such restrictions, such obligations shall survive 
until the Company is able to fulfill them and the Company shall use its 
best efforts to fulfill such obligations as soon as reasonably 
practicable thereafter.  

          (ix)   If the Executive's employment is terminated under the 
circumstances described in subparagraph 6(iv) hereof, the Company shall 
maintain in full force and effect for the continued benefit of the 
Executive and his eligible dependents and beneficiaries, for a period of 
18 months following the Date of Termination, the employee benefits under 
the Benefit Plans that they were eligible to receive immediately prior 
to the Date of Termination, subject to the terms and conditions of the 
Benefit Plans, at no greater cost to the Executive than he would have 
incurred had he remained in the employ of the Company; provided that the 
Executive's continued participation or the participation of such 
eligible dependents or beneficiaries is possible under the general terms 
and provisions of such Benefit Plans and would not jeopardize the Plans' 
qualified status under the Internal Revenue Code or the rules and 
regulations promulgated thereunder.  In the event that the Executive's 
participation or the participation of such eligible dependents or 
beneficiaries in any such Benefit Plan is barred pursuant to the 
preceding sentence, the Company shall arrange to provide the Executive 
or such eligible dependents or beneficiaries, for the period of coverage 
specified in the preceding sentence, with benefits substantially similar 
to those which the Executive and such eligible dependents or 
beneficiaries were entitled to receive under such Benefit Plans 
immediately prior to the Date of Termination.  Upon the Executive 
obtaining other employment or becoming self-employed, the Company's 
obligations under this subparagraph 6(ix) hereof shall cease effective 
upon the date of the Executive's eligibility to participate in his new 
employer's benefits plans or in any benefit plans established by the 
Executive pursuant to his self-employment, irrespective of whether such 
benefit plans are comparable to the Company's Benefit Plans.

          (x)    If the Executive's employment is terminated for 
inadequate performance or if the Executive terminates his employment 
voluntarily within six (6) months following a Change of Control, the 
Executive shall be required to mitigate the amount of any payment 
provided for under this paragraph 6 by seeking other employment or 
becoming self-employed, and any such payment shall be reduced (or 
refunded to the Company by the Executive) by any compensation earned by 
the Executive as a result of such employment or otherwise during the 
specified period following his termination of employment for which he 
has been compensated by the Company. 

     7.    Certain Definitions.
          (i)   For purposes of this Agreement, "Change of Control" 
means a change in control of the Company after the date of this 
Agreement in any one of the following circumstances: (a) the Company is 
a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other 
reorganization, or a proxy contest, as a consequence of which members of 
the Board in office immediately prior to such transaction or event 
constitute less than a majority of the Board thereafter; or (b) during 
any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of 
such period constituted the Board (including for this purpose any new 
director whose election or nomination for election by the Company's 
stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the 
directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of 
such period) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of 
the Board.  A Change of Control shall have occurred for purposes of this 
Agreement in any of the foregoing circumstances, and the Executive shall 
have all of the rights provided by this Agreement upon the occurrence of 
such Change of Control, regardless of whether a previous Change of 
Control shall have occurred during the Employment Term.

          (ii)   For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Change of 
Control Value" means the amount determined in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) 
below, whichever is applicable, as follows:  (i) the per share price 
offered to stockholders of the Company in any merger, consolidation, 
sale of assets or reorganization transaction; (ii) the highest per share 
price offered the stockholders of the Company in any tender offer or 
exchange offer whereby a Change of Control takes place; or (iii) if a 
Change of Control occurs other than as described in clause (i) or clause 
(ii), the Market Value per share, as of the date of the Change of 
Control, as determined by the Board in good faith.  If the consideration 
offered to stockholders of the Company in a transaction consists of 
anything other than cash, the Board shall determine in good faith the 
fair cash equivalent of the portion of the consideration offered which 
is other than cash.

          (iii)  For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Market Value" 
means the fair market value per share as of the date in question, as 
determined by the Board in good faith; provided, however, that if a 
share if listed or admitted to trading on a securities exchange 
registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Market Value 
shall be the average of the closing prices of such share for the twenty 
(20) trading days prior to the date in question on the principal 
securities exchange on which such share is listed or admitted to 
trading, or if a share is not listed or admitted to trading on any such 
exchange but is listed as a national market security on the National 
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations ("NASDAQ") 
system or any similar system then in use, the Market Value shall be the 
average of the closing prices of such share for the twenty (20) trading 
days prior to the date in question on such system, or if a share is not 
listed or admitted to trading on any such exchange and is not listed as 
a national market security on NASDAQ but is quoted on NASDAQ or any 
similar system then in use, the Market Value shall be the average of the 
closing high bid and low asked quotations on such system for such share 
for the twenty (20) trading days prior to the date in question. 


     8.    Certain Payments.  
          (i)   Anything in this Agreement to the contrary 
notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or 
distribution from the Company or from a member of the Company's 
affiliated group (as provided in Section 280G(d)(5) of the Internal 
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")) to or for the benefit of 
the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable 
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, including the 
value of the acceleration of vesting of any stock option, stock 
appreciation right or similar award or right) following a Change of 
Control which is considered to be a "parachute payment" within the 
meaning of Section 280G of the Code, disregarding subsection 
280G(b)(2)(A)(ii) thereof (a "Parachute Payment"), would be 
nondeductible by the Company for Federal income tax purposes because of 
Section 280G of the Code, then the aggregate present value of all such 
Parachute Payments which are payable or distributable to or for the 
benefit of the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, including the value 
of the acceleration of vesting of any stock option, stock appreciation 
right or similar award or right (such Parachute Payments pursuant to 
this Agreement are hereinafter referred to as the "Agreement Parachute 
Payments") shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the Reduced Amount 
by reducing the amount of the Agreement Parachute Payments, beginning 
with cash and similar payments.  The "Reduced Amount" shall be the 
maximum amount of the Agreement Parachute Payments which, when 
aggregated with all other Parachute Payments, can be made to the 
Executive without causing any Agreement Parachute Payment to be 
nondeductible by the Company because of Section 280G of the Code.

          (ii)   All determinations required to be made under this 
paragraph 8 shall be made by the Company's independent auditors 
immediately prior to the Date of Termination or Change of Control (the 
"Accounting Firm") which shall provide detailed supporting calculations 
both to the Company and the Executive within fifteen (15) business days 
of any Change of Control or the Date of Termination or such earlier time 
as is requested by the Company.  Any such determination by the 
Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.  
All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by 
the Company.  

      Within five (5) business days after the determination by the 
Accounting Firm, the Company shall pay to or distribute to or for the 
benefit of the Executive such amounts as are then due to the Executive 
under this Agreement and shall promptly pay to or distribute for the 
benefit of the Executive in the future such amounts as become due to the 
Executive under this Agreement.

          (iii)  As a result of the uncertainty in the application of 
Section 280G of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the 
Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that payments will have been 
made by the Company which should not have been made ("Overpayment") or 
that additional payments which will have not been made by the Company 
could have been made ("Underpayment"), in each case, consistent with the 
calculations required to be made hereunder.  In the event that the 
Accounting Firm determines that an Overpayment has been made, any such 
Overpayment shall be treated for all purposes as a loan to Executive 
which Executive shall repay to the Company together with interest at the 
applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code.  
In the event that the Accounting Firm determines that an Underpayment 
has occurred, any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the 
Company to or for the benefit of the Executive together with interest at 
the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the 
Code.


     9.    Non-Compete, Non-Disclosure and Remedies.
     (i)   The Executive agrees that if he terminates his employment 
with the Company other than pursuant to subparagraph 5(iii) hereof, or 
if the Company terminates the Executive's employment for cause or for 
inadequate performance, in each case prior to the expiration of the 
Employment Term, he will not, prior to six months from the Date of 
Termination, directly or indirectly engage anywhere in Dallas, Texas, or 
within a fifty (50)-mile radius of Dallas, Texas, in the manufacturing, 
marketing and/or financing of cabinets, hardwood floors, products used 
with hardwood floors, and products used in substitution of or 
replacement for the foregoing, whether as an owner, employee, director, 
officer, shareholder, partner, agent, or otherwise; nor for such period 
will the Executive solicit the employment of any employee of the Company 
or the patronage of any person or entity that is, or was within the 12-
month period preceding such Date of Termination, a customer of the 
Company.

          (ii)   The Executive shall not, during his employment 
hereunder or at any time thereafter, disclose or reveal to anyone (other 
than persons within the Company) any information relating to the 
business, techniques, operations, condition (financial or otherwise), 
prospects or affairs of the Company which is not generally known or 
recognized as a standard industry practice.  The Executive confirms that 
all confidential information regarding the business of the Company 
received by him during his employment is and shall remain the exclusive 
property of the Company.  All business records, papers and documents 
kept or made by the Executive relating to the business of the Company 
shall be and remain its property.  Upon the termination of his 
employment with the Company or upon the Company's request at any time, 
the Executive shall promptly deliver to the Company, and shall not, 
without the consent of the Company, retain copies of, any written 
materials not previously made available to the public made by the 
Executive or coming into his possession concerning the business or 
affairs of the Company or any predecessor to its business or any of its 
affiliates.  Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this 
subparagraph 9(ii) or any other provision of this Agreement, the 
Executive shall be entitled to retain any written materials received by 
the Executive in the capacity as a shareholder of the Company or the 
Company's affiliates.

          (iii)  Without limiting its other remedies at law or equity 
for any breach of subparagraphs 9(i) or (ii) hereof, the Executive 
agrees that in the event of such breach, the Company shall be entitled 
to a temporary restraining order and a preliminary and permanent 
injunction (but, with respect to subparagraph 9(i) hereof, only for the 
duration of the six-month period specified therein) to specifically 
enforce subparagraphs 9(i) and (ii) hereof.  Subparagraph 9(ii) hereof 
shall be enforceable by the Company, irrespective of the reason for the 
Executive's termination of employment.

     10.   Successors; Binding Agreement.
     (i)   The Company shall require any successor to all or 
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company (whether 
direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise), by 
agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the 
Executive, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in 
the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be 
required to perform if no such succession had taken place; provided that 
with respect to the Company's Incentive Plans and Benefit Plans, the 
Company's obligations under this subparagraph 10(i) shall be deemed 
satisfied if the Executive is entitled to participate in the incentive 
and benefit plans of the successor company that are generally offered to 
the other executives of such successor company.  As used in this 
Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and 
any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes 
and delivers the agreement provided for in this subparagraph 10(i) or 
which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this 
Agreement by operation of law.

          (ii)   This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be 
enforceable by (A) the Executive's personal or legal representatives, 
executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and 
legatees, and (B) the Company's successors and assigns.

     11.   Notices.  For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all 
other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing 
and shall be delivered by certified mail, return receipt requested, 
postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

     If to the Employee:
                               ----------------------------------------

                               ----------------------------------------

                               ----------------------------------------


     If to the Company:        Triangle Pacific Corp.
                               16803 Dallas Parkway
                               Dallas, Texas  75248
                               Attention:  Chairman of the Board

or such other address as a party may have furnished to the other in 
writing in accordance herewith.  Such notices and other communications 
shall be effective upon the earlier of five days after deposit in the 
mail or the date of delivery as shown by the return receipt therefor.

     1.   Miscellaneous.  No provisions of this Agreement may be 
modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or 
discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and the 
Chairman of the Board of the Company.  No waiver by a party at any time 
of any breach by the other party of, or compliance with, any condition 
or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall 
be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at 
the same time or at any prior or subsequent time.  The validity, 
interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be 
governed by the laws of the State of Texas.

     2.   Validity.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision 
of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any 
other provision of this Agreement.

     3.    Headings.  The headings contained herein are for reference 
purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or 
interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

     4.   Supersession of Prior Agreement.  This Agreement supersedes 
any previous employment agreements between the Company or its 
predecessor corporations and the Executive, and any amendments and 
supplements thereto.

     5.   Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire 
agreement of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof 
and there are no written or oral terms or representations made by either 
party other than those contained herein.

     6.   Attorneys' Fees and Costs.  In the event there is any 
arbitration or litigation between the parties hereto with respect to 
this Agreement, and the Executive is successful, on the merits or  
otherwise, as to any claim in such arbitration or litigation (whether or 
not he is wholly successful in such arbitration or litigation), then the 
Executive shall be entitled to recover from the Company all reasonable 
attorneys' fees and costs incurred by him in connection with such 
arbitration or litigation.  

     7.   Survival.  Neither the expiration nor the termination of the 
term of the Executive's employment hereunder shall impair the rights or 
obligations of either party hereto which shall have accrued hereunder 
prior to such expiration or termination.  The provisions of paragraphs 
6, 7, 8, 9, 17, 19 and 20 hereof, and the rights and obligations of the 
parties thereunder, shall survive the expiration or termination of the 
term of the Executive's employment hereunder. 

     8.   No Effect on Other Contractual Rights.  The provisions of this 
Agreement, and any payment provided for hereunder, shall not reduce any 
amounts otherwise payable to the Executive, or in any way diminish the 
Executive's rights as an employee of the Company, whether existing now 
or hereafter, under any employee benefit plan, program, or arrangement 
or other contract or agreement of the Company providing benefits to the 
Executive.

     9.   Arbitration.  The parties agree that any disputes arising from 
this Agreement shall be resolved by submission to binding and final 
arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration 
Association.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement 
as of the date and year first above written.

                                          TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP.



                                    By:                               
                                         -----------------------------
                                          Floyd F. Sherman,
                                          Chairman of the Board and
                                          Chief Executive Officer









                  SCHEDULE 1 TO FORM OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     The following employees of the Registrant entered into employment 
agreements  substantially identical to the foregoing form:

          Charles A. Engle
          John W. Esch
          James T. Fidler
          Michael J. Kearins
          Darryl T. Marchand
          E. Dwain Plaster
          James E. Price
          Allen Silver
          David Weaver



                                                          Exhibit 10.7
                                                          ------------


                               CERTIFICATE

                          Triangle Pacific Corp.


     I,                              , Secretary of the above 
organization, do hereby certify that attached hereto is a true and 
correct copy of a resolution and a true and correct copy of:

     Triangle Pacific Corp.
     Salaried Employees Profit Sharing Plan
     (As Restated January 1, 1993)     

each of which was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of said 
organization at a meeting duly held in accordance with its bylaws on the        
day of               , 1994.

     I further certify that a quorum of the members of the Board of 
Directors was present at said meeting and that said resolution has not 
been altered, modified or rescinded and is now in full force and effect.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto affixed my name and the 
seal of the above organization, this        day of              , 
1994.


Secretary

(CORPORATE SEAL)

STATE OF TEXAS  )
                )ss.
COUNTY OF DALLAS)

    SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME THIS      day of          , 
1994.


Notary Public
My Commission Expires:

                             
   (NOTARY SEAL)





















                                Triangle Pacific Corp.

                        RESOLUTION -- BOARD OF DIRECTORS


RESOLVED THAT:

     (1)  The Plan titled Triangle Pacific Corp. Salaried Employees 
Profit Sharing Plan (As Restated January 1, 1993), copies of which have 
been presented to the Board at this meeting, is hereby approved and 
adopted, subject to its qualification under Section 401(a) of the 
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (hereinafter 
referred to as "Code");

     (2)  The proper officers of this Corporation be and they are hereby 
authorized to do all acts and things necessary and proper to carry out 
the purpose of said Plan and to make such amendments and changes, if 
any, as may be necessary to qualify the Plan and related trust under the 
applicable sections of the Code;

     (3)  The proper officers of this Corporation are hereby authorized 
to submit, or have submitted, verified counterparts of the Plan and 
related trust instruments and this resolution to the appropriate 
District Director of Internal Revenue Service in support of a request 
for a letter of determination approving the Plan and related trust as 
qualifying for tax purposes;

     (4)  Announcement shall be made to all employees covered by the 
Plan concerning the adoption of said Plan and the provisions thereof.


                        TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP.
                SALARIED EMPLOYEES PROFIT SHARING PLAN
                    (As Restated January 1, 1993)




























                   Effective: January 1, 1993

                            TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP.
                       SALARIED EMPLOYEES PROFIT SHARING PLAN
                        (As Restated January 1, 1993)      


                              TABLE OF CONTENTS            Page No.
PREAMBLE

ARTICLE I     Purpose                                         I-1

ARTICLE II    Definitions and Construction                   II-1
     2.1  -   Definitions                                    II-1
     2.2  -   Additional Defined Terms                       II-6
     2.3  -   Construction                                   II-7

ARTICLE II    Participation and Service                     III-1
     3.1  -   Participation                                 III-1
     3.2  -   Service                                       III-3
     3.3  -   Hours of Employment                           III-4
     3.4  -   Participation and Service Upon
              Reemployment                                  III-5

ARTICLE IV    Contributions and Forfeitures                  IV-1
     4.1  -   Amount of Profit Sharing
              Contributions                                  IV-1
     4.2  -   Time and Method of Profit 
              Sharing Contribution                           IV-1
     4.3  -   Determination of Profit Sharing
              Contributions                                  IV-1
     4.4  -   No After-Tax Contributions by
              Participants                                   IV-2
     4.5  -   Disposition of Forfeitures                     IV-2
     4.6  -   Salary Deferral Contributions                  IV-5
     4.7  -   Matching Contributions and
              Qualified Matching Contributions              IV-10
     4.8  -   Qualified Nonelective 
              Contributions                                 IV-12

ARTICLE V     Allocations to Participants' Accounts           V-1
     5.1  -   Individual Accounts                             V-1
     5.2  -   Account Adjustments                             V-2
     5.3  -   Limit on Annual Additions Under
              Code Section 415                                V-5
     5.4  -   Top-Heavy Provisions                            V-9

ARTICLE VI    Distributions and Withdrawals                  VI-1
     6.1  -   Retirement or Disability                       VI-1
     6.2  -   Death                                          VI-1
     6.3  -   Termination for Other Reasons                  VI-1
     6.4  -   Payment of Benefits                            VI-2
     6.5  -   Designation of Beneficiary                     VI-3

ARTICLE VI    6.6 - Distributions to Five Percent
(Cont'd)            (5%) Owners                              VI-5
     6.7  -   Small Distributions                            VI-5
     6.8  -   Distributions to Participants
              Who Are Not 5% Owners                          VI-6
     6.9  -   Withdrawals from Salary Deferral
              Contribution Account                           VI-6
     6.10 -   Direct Rollovers                               VI-8

ARTICLE VII   Trust Fund                                    VII-1


ARTICLE VIII  Administration                               VIII-1
     8.1  -   Allocation of Responsibility
              Among Fiduciaries for Plan and
              Trust Administration                         VIII-1
     8.2  -   Appointment of Committee                     VIII-2
     8.3  -   Claims Procedure                             VIII-2
     8.4  -   Records and Reports                          VIII-3
     8.5  -   Other Committee Powers and
              Duties                                       VIII-3
     8.6  -   Rules and Decisions                          VIII-4
     8.7  -   Committee Procedures                         VIII-4
     8.8  -   Authorization of Benefit
              Payments                                     VIII-5
     8.9  -   Application and Forms for
              Benefits                                     VIII-5
     8.10 -   Facility of Payments                         VIII-5
     8.11 -   Indemnification of the Committee             VIII-6

ARTICLE IX    Miscellaneous                                  IX-1
     9.1  -   Nonguarantee of Employment                     IX-1
     9.2  -   Rights to Trust Assets                         IX-1
     9.3  -   Nonalienation of Benefits                      IX-1
     9.4  -   Non-forfeitability of Benefits                 IX-5
     9.5  -   Discontinuance of Employer
              Contributions                                  IX-5
     9.6  -   Waiver of Benefits                             IX-5

ARTICLE X     Amendment and Termination                       X-1
     10.1 -   Amendment and Termination                       X-1
     10.2 -   Partial Termination                             X-2
     10.3 -   Liquidation of the Trust Fund                   X-2
     10.4 -   Manner of Distribution                          X-2

ARTICLE XI    Successor Employer and Merger or
     Consolidation of Plans                                  XI-1
     11.1- Successor Employer                                XI-1
     11.2- Conditions Applicable to Mergers
           or Consolidations of Plans                        XI-1


























                         Triangle Pacific Corp.
                  Salaried Employees Profit Sharing Plan
                     (As Restated January 1, 1993)     
                 ---------------------------------------

                               PREAMBLE
                               --------


     WHEREAS, effective January 5, 1976 Triangle Pacific Corp. 
established a Profit Sharing Plan for its eligible salaried employees, 
which Plan was amended in its entirety effective January 1, 1980 and 
January 1, 1984 (hereinafter referred to as the "Previous Plan"); and

     WHEREAS, said organization now desires to amend and continue the 
Previous Plan by a separate restatement in its entirety and the right to 
so amend is reserved to said organization under the provisions of the 
Previous Plan;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the Previous Plan is hereby restated, and amended 
in its entirety, superseded and replaced by this separate restated Plan.

     There will be no termination and no gap or lapse in time or effect 
between such Plans, and the existence of a qualified Plan shall be 
continuous and uninterrupted.

     This restated Profit Sharing Plan is conditioned upon its 
qualification under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, 
as amended from time to time, with employer contributions being 
deductible under Section 404 of the Internal Revenue Code or any other 
applicable sections thereof, as amended from time to time.

     The terms and conditions of this restated Plan, effective January 
1, 1993, (unless otherwise provided herein) are as follows:






























                                 ARTICLE I

                                  Purpose
                                  -------

     The Plan and Trust are intended to meet the requirements of 
Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as 
amended.

     The provisions of this Plan shall apply only to an Employee who 
terminates employment on or after the Effective Date.  The rights and 
benefits, if any, of a former employee shall be determined in accordance 
with the prior provisions of the Plan or Previous Plan in effect on the 
date his employment terminated.


















































                                ARTICLE II

                     Definitions and Construction
                     ----------------------------

     2.1  Definitions:  Where the following words and phrases appear in 
this Plan, they shall have the respective meanings set forth in this 
Article II, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

          (a)  Additions:  Additions allocated to a Participant's Profit 
Sharing Contribution Account, Matching Contribution Account, Qualified 
Matching Contribution Account and Salary Deferral Contribution Account 
as described in Section 5.3a(i).

          (b)  Affiliated Employer:  Any business entity (including an 
Employer hereunder) that, together with an Employer hereunder, 
constitutes a controlled group of corporations, a group of trades or 
businesses under common control, or an affiliated service group, all as 
defined in Code Section 414 (subject, however, to the provisions of Code 
Section 415(h) when applying the benefit limitations of Code Section 
415).
 
          (c)  Allocation Date:  The date as of which Contri-butions are 
allocated to a Participant's Accounts, which date shall be any business 
day of the Year and as soon as practicable following receipt of such 
contributions by the Trustee.

          (d)  Authorized Leave of Absence:  Any absence authorized by 
the Employer under the Employer's standard personnel practices provided 
that all persons under similar circumstances must be treated alike in 
the granting of such Authorized Leaves of Absence and provided further 
that the Employee returns or retires within the period of authorized 
absence.  An absence due to service in the Armed Forces of the United 
States shall be considered an Authorized Leave of Absence provided that 
the absence is caused by war or other emergency, or provided that the 
Employee is required to serve under the laws of conscription in time of 
peace, and further provided that the Employee returns to employment with 
the Employer within the period provided by law.

          (e)  Beneficiary:  A person or the persons (natural or 
otherwise) designated by a Participant in accordance with the provisions 
of Section 6.5 to receive any death benefit which shall be payable under 
this Plan; provided that if the Participant is married, his Eligible 
Spouse shall be his Beneficiary unless another individual is designated 
by the Participant and the Eligible Spouse consents to such designation 
(or change in designation) in the manner provided for herein.

          (f)  Code:  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from 
time to time.

          (g)  Committee:  The persons appointed pursuant to Article 
VIII to administer the Plan in accordance with said Article.

          (h)  Company:  Triangle Pacific Corp.

          (i)  Compensation:  The total of all fixed amounts paid to or 
accrued for a Participant by the Employer for personal services for a 
Year, but excluding any benefits paid under this Plan, any payments for 
overtime work, commissions and any bonuses of any kind or nature.  For 
purposes of determining a Participant's Compensation, any election by 
such Participant to reduce his regular cash remuneration under Code 
Section 401(k) or Code Section 125 shall be treated as if the 
Participant did not make such election.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Compensation for any Plan Year, 
after December 31, 1988, shall not include any amounts in excess of the 
dollar limit as may be permitted under Code Section 401(a)(17).  If 
during a year any Employee who is a Participant ("family member") is the 
spouse or lineal descendant, below age 19, of an Employee who is a 
Participant ("HCE") who either is a five percent (5%) owner (as defined 
in Code Section 416(i)) or is a highly compensated employee (as defined 
in Code Section 414(q)) in the group consisting of the ten (10) such 
highly compensated employees with the greatest compensation during such 
year, then, for purposes of the above dollar limitation, such "family 
member's" compensation for such year will be aggregated with such 
"HCE's" compensation for such year.  If such aggregated compensation for 
a year exceeds the above dollar limit, then the dollar limit applicable 
to each such Participant's compensation for such year will be the dollar 
limit otherwise applicable for such year for the Participant multiplied 
by a fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant's unlimited 
compensation for such year and the denominator of which is the sum of 
all such Participants' unlimited compensation for such year.

          (j)  Disability:  A physical or mental condition which, in the 
judgment of the Committee, based upon medical reports and other evidence 
satisfactory to the Committee, presumably permanently prevents an 
Employee from satisfactorily performing his usual duties for the 
Employer or the duties of such other position or job which the Employer 
makes available to him and for which such Employee is qualified by 
reason of his training, education or experience.  The receipt of Social 
Security Disability payments shall be presumptive evidence of 
disability.

          (k)  Domestic Subsidiary:  A subsidiary organized under the 
laws of any state or territory of the United States.

          (l)  Effective Date:  Unless otherwise provided herein, 
January 1, 1993, the date on which the provisions of this amended and 
restated Plan became effective.

          (m)  Eligible Spouse:  The spouse to whom a Participant or 
Former Participant is married on the date benefit payments under the 
Plan are to commence pursuant to Section 6.4, or if the Participant or 
Former Participant dies before benefit payments commence, the spouse to 
whom he is married on the date of his death.

          (n)  Employee:  Any person who, on or after the Effective 
Date, is receiving remuneration for personal services rendered to the 
Employers (or who would be receiving such remuneration except for an 
Authorized Leave of Absence) and is not represented by a collective 
bargaining agreement.  A "leased employee" will also be deemed an 
Employee.  A "leased employee" is any leased employee within the meaning 
of Code Section 414(n)(2), except that if such leased employees 
constitute less than twenty percent (20%) of the Employer's nonhighly 
compensated workforce within the meaning of Code Section 
414(n)(5)(C)(ii), then the term "Employee" will not include those leased 
employees covered by a plan described in Code Section 414(n)(5) unless 
otherwise provided by the terms of such plan (or this Plan).

          (o)  Employer:  Triangle Pacific Corp., a corporation 
organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York 
("Company") or any Domestic Subsidiary which, with its consent, 
participates in the Plan.  Triangle Pacific Corp. and such Domestic 
Subsidiaries are sometimes referred to as the Employers.

          (p)  ERISA:  Public Law No. 93-406, the Employee Retirement 
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

          (q)  Fiduciaries:  The Employer, the Committee and the 
Trustee, but only with respect to the specific responsibilities of each 
for Plan and Trust administration, all as described in Section 8.1.

          (r)  Forfeiture:  The forfeiture of the non vested portion of 
a Participant's Profit Sharing or Matching Contribution Accounts after 
his separation from service.  A Forfeiture will occur on the earlier of 
the distribution of the Participant's entire nonforfeitable account 
balance, or the date the Participant incurs five consecutive one-year 
breaks in service.  If a Participant is 0% vested at the time of his 
separation from service, such Participant will be deemed to have 
received a distribution of his entire nonforfeitable account balance at 
the time of his separation from service.

          (s)  Former Participant:  A Participant whose employment with 
the Employer has terminated but who has a vested account balance under 
the Plan which has not been paid in full and, therefore, is continuing 
to participate in the allocation of Trust Fund Income.

          (t)  Income:  The net gain or loss of the Trust Fund from 
investments, as reflected by interest payments, dividends, realized and 
unrealized gains and losses on securities, other investment transactions 
and expenses paid from the Trust Fund.  In determining the Income of the 
Trust Fund as of any date, assets shall be valued on the basis of their 
then fair market value.

          (u)     Individual Account(s) or Account(s):  Each of the 
accounts maintained by the Committee showing individual interests in the 
Trust of each Participant, former Participant and Beneficiary, as 
described in Section 5.1.

          (v)  Matching Contributions:  The contribution made by the 
Employer, pursuant to Section 4.7, to the accounts of those Participants 
who have had Salary Deferral Contributions made to their Salary Deferral 
Contribution Account since the last Allocation Date.

          (w)  Matching Contribution Account:  The account maintained 
for a Participant to record the Matching Contributions made on his 
behalf to the Plan, and adjustments relating thereto in accordance with 
Article V.

          (x)  Participant:  An Employee participating in the Plan in 
accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1.

          (y)  Participation:  The period commencing as of the date the 
Employee becomes a Participant and ending on the date his employment 
with the Employer terminates except that, with respect to a Former 
Participant, limited participation in the Trust Fund Income continues 
until his vested account balance is distributed.

          (z)  Plan:  The Triangle Pacific Corp. Salaried Employees 
Profit Sharing Plan, the Plan set forth herein, as amended from time to 
time, and intended to be a profit sharing plan as determined in 
accordance with Code section 401(a)(27).

          (aa) Previous Plan:  Triangle Pacific Corp. Salaried Employees 
Profit Sharing Plan, as in force and effect immediately prior to the 
Effective Date and the Plan being amended and hereby restated.  Any 
reference herein to the Previous Plan as of a certain date or for a 
certain period shall be deemed in reference to the Previous Plan as then 
in effect.

          (bb) Profit Sharing Contribution:  The Profit Sharing 
Contribution made to the Plan in accordance with Section 4.1.

          (cc) Profit Sharing Contribution Account:  The account 
maintained for a Participant to record his share of the Profit Sharing 
Contributions of the Employer (and adjustments relating thereto) in 
accordance with Article V.

          (dd) Qualified Matching Contributions:  The contributions made 
by the Employer, pursuant to Section 4.7, to the accounts of those 
Participants who have made Salary Deferral Contributions.

          (ee) Qualified Matching Contribution Account:  The account 
maintained for a Participant to record the Qualified Matching 
Contributions made on his behalf to the Plan, and adjustments relating 
thereto in accordance with Article V.

          (ff) Qualified Nonelective Contributions:  The contribution 
made by the Employer, pursuant to Section 4.8 in order to avoid a 
violation of the average deferral percentage test described in Section 
4.6.

          (gg) Salaried Employee:  An Employee, other than an hourly-
rated or daily-rated employee, who periodically receives compensation of 
a fixed amount.

          (hh) Salary Deferral Contribution:  The pre-tax contributions 
made under Article V thereof through Salary Deferral pursuant to Code 
section 401(k).

          (ii) Salary Deferral Contribution Account:  The account 
maintained for a Participant to record the Salary Deferral Contributions 
made on his behalf to the Plan, and adjustments relating thereto in 
accordance with Article V.

          (jj) Service:  A Participant's period of employment with the 
Employer determined in accordance with Section 3.2.

          (kk) Subsidiary:  A corporation not less than 80% of whose 
voting shares (not including shares having voting power only upon the 
happening of an event of default) is at the time owned, directly or 
indirectly, by the Company.  Any such corporation shall be a subsidiary 
only during such time as the foregoing share ownership requirements are 
met.

          (ll) Trust (or Trust Fund):  Any fund maintained in accordance 
with the terms of the trust agreement, as from time to time amended, 
which constitutes a part of this Plan.

          (mm) Trustee:  The corporation or individuals appointed by the 
Board of Directors of the Employer to administer the Trust.

          (nn) Valuation Date:  The last day of each Year or more 
frequently as required by the Committee.

          (oo) Year or Plan Year:  The 12-month period commencing on 
January 1 and ending on December 31.

     2.2  Additional Defined Terms:  In addition to the definitions 
listed in Section 2.1, the Plan includes the following terms defined in 
the Plan sections indicated:

          Annual Addition:  See Section 5.3(a)(i).

          Contribution Percentage:  See Section 4.7(a)

          Deferral Percentage:  See Section 4.6c.(6)(A).

          Direct Rollover:  See Section 6.10(d).

          Distributee:  See Section 6.10(c).

          Earnings:  See Section 5.3(a)(ii).

          Eligible Retirement Plan:  See Section 6.10(b).

          Eligible Rollover Distribution:  See Section 6.10(a).

          Highly Compensated Contribution Percentage:  See Section 
4.7(b).

          Highly Compensated Deferral Percentage:  See Section 
4.6c.(6)(B).

          Highly Compensated Employee:  See Section 4.6c.(1).

          Key Employee:  See Section 5.4(f).

          Limitation Year:  See Section 5.3(a)(iii).

          Nonhighly Compensated Contribution Percentage:  See Section 
4.7(c)

          Nonhighly Compensated Deferral Percentage:  See Section 
4.6c.(6)(C).


     2.3  Construction:  The masculine gender, where appearing in the 
Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender, and the singular, 
where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the plural, 
unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.  The words 
"hereof", "herein", "hereunder" and other similar compounds of the word 
"here" shall mean and refer to the entire Plan and not to any particular 
provision or Section.


























                               ARTICLE III

                         Participation and Service
                         -------------------------

     3.1  Participation:  An Employee included under the provisions of 
the Previous Plan as of the Effective Date shall continue to participate 
in accordance with the provisions of this amended and restated Plan if 
such Employee is a Salaried Employee as of the Effective Date.  Any 
other Salaried Employee, whose Compensation, hours of employment or 
conditions of employment shall not be determined by collective 
bargaining, shall become a Participant (i) for all purposes of this Plan 
other than Section 5.2(b) (relating to the allocation of Profit Sharing 
Contributions) as of the later of the Effective Date or the day on which 
he attains age twenty-one (21) and (ii) for purposes of Section 5.2(b) 
of this Plan (relating to the allocation of Profit Sharing 
Contributions) as of the later of the Effective Date, the day on which 
he attains age twenty-one (21) or the date on which he has completed 
twelve (12) consecutive months of employment with the Employer of at 
least 1,000 hours commencing on the date his employment commences or any 
anniversary thereof; provided, however, that in no event shall a leased 
employee or an individual who is providing services to the Employer who 
the Employer is treating as an independent contractor be eligible to 
participate in the Plan.  The initial eligibility computation period for 
purposes of (ii) above shall begin on an Employee's employment 
commencement date; after the initial eligibility computation period 
years of service for eligibility purposes shall be measured by using 
twelve (12) consecutive month periods beginning on anniversaries of an 
Employee's employment commencement date.  A break in service for 
eligibility purposes shall occur when an Employee fails to complete more 
than 500 hours of service during an eligibility computation period.  
After termination of employment, a rehired Employee's subsequent 
participation shall be subject to the provisions of Section 3.4, except 
that any reference therein to years of service or break in service shall 
be deemed for the purposes of this Section 3.1 to mean a year of service 
or a break in service, respectively, as above provided.  For purposes of 
this Section former employees of Rainbow Industries, Inc., d/b/a Premier 
Hardwood Floors and first employed by the Company on June 28, 1994 shall 
be deemed to have an employment commencement date that is the latter of 
the date first employed by Rainbow Industries, Inc. or January 1, 1994.

     Anything above to the contrary notwithstanding, no Employee shall 
become a Participant, or participate in the Plan during any period while 
he is accruing benefits under or is a participant in any other pension 
or profit sharing plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries which 
is designed to be an approved plan under the Internal Revenue Code.  The 
right of certain employees to gain credit for vesting purposes under the 
Triangle Pacific Corp. Pension Plan for IXL Division for Service, as 
defined in this Plan, subsequent to October 1, 1977 shall not be deemed 
to constitute the accruing of benefits under or to be participation in 
another pension or profit sharing plan of the Company.

     In the event an Employee transfers to or from this Plan to any 
other qualified pension or profit sharing plan of the Company or any of 
its subsidiaries, then he will not receive any allocation of Profit 
Sharing Contribution under this Plan in the Year in which such transfer 
occurs, if he meets the service requirements for benefit accrual under 
such other plan (and otherwise meets all requirements for benefit 
accrual under such other plan) for the plan year under such other plan 
in which such transfer occurs.  In the event an Employee transfers to or 
from this Plan to any other qualified pension or profit sharing plan of 
the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and does not meet the service 
requirement for benefit accrual under such other plan (or otherwise does 
not meet all requirements for benefit accrual under such other plan) for 
the plan year under such other plan in which such transfer occurs, then 
the Employee will be deemed to be a Participant hereunder for the Year 
in which such transfer occurs and will receive an allocation of Profit 
Sharing Contribution if otherwise applicable under Section 5.2(b) and 
the first paragraph of this Section 3.1.  For this purpose Compensation 
shall be that paid by the Company to such an Employee for the entire 
Year in which such transfer occurs.

     For purposes of making salary deferral contributions under Section 
4.6, an Employee shall be eligible to make such contributions only 
during those payroll periods in which he meets the participation 
requirements of Section 3.1.

     In no event shall a Leased Employee, as defined in Section 2.1(n) 
hereof, become a Participant in this Plan.

     3.2  Service:  A Participant's eligibility for benefits shall be 
determined by his period of Service.  Subject to the reemployment 
provisions of Section 3.4, a Participant shall accrue one Year of 
Service for each Year during which he was in the continuous employ of 
the Employer.  Periods of temporary illness, temporary layoff and 
Authorized Leaves of Absence shall not be deemed as breaking continuity 
of employment, and shall be counted as periods of Service. For purposes 
of this Section former employees of Rainbow Industries, Inc., d/b/a 
Premier Hardwood Floors and first employed by the Company on June 28, 
1994 shall be deemed to have an employment commencement date that is the 
date first employed by Rainbow Industries, Inc.

     For any Year during which the Participant has not been in the 
continuous employ of the Employer throughout the Year, he shall receive 
proportional credit for the fractional portions of the Year during which 
he was in the employ of the Employer, provided that if such fractional 
portions represent at least 1,000 hours of employment, then for all 
purposes of the Plan, such fractional portions shall be deemed to be one 
full Year of Service.

     3.3  Hours of Employment:  Under this Article III, hours of 
employment shall include the following:
     (a)  Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to 
payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer.
     (b)  Up to 501 hours for any single continuous period during which 
the Employee performs no duties but is directly or indirectly paid or 
entitled to payment by the Employer (regardless of whether employment 
has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity, including 
disability, layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence; 
excluding, however, any period for which a payment is made or due under 
this Plan or under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying 
with workmen's compensation or unemployment compensation or disability 
insurance laws, or solely to reimburse the Employee for medical or 
medically-related expenses.  An Employee shall be deemed to be "directly 
or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment by the Employer" regardless 
of whether such payment is (i) made by or due from the Employer 
directly, or (ii) made indirectly through a trust fund, insurer or other 
entity to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums.  

     (c)  Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of 
damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer, without 
duplication of hours provided above, and subject to the 501 hour 
restriction for periods described in the foregoing subparagraph (b).

     The foregoing provisions shall be administered in accordance with 
Department of Labor rules set forth in Section 2530.200b-2 of the Rules 
and Regulations for Minimum Standards for Employee Benefit Plans.  In 
addition to, but not in duplication of, the foregoing provisions, an 
Employee shall receive hours of employment credit for any period of 
Authorized Leave of Absence, and for any period of accrued vacation for 
which Compensation is paid upon termination of employment However, no 
hours of employment credit shall be granted for a period attributable to 
any severance pay granted upon termination of employment.

     3.4  Participation and Service Upon Reemployment:  Except for the 
continuing participation in Trust Fund Income of a Former Participant, 
Participation in the Plan shall cease upon termination of employment 
with the Employer.  Termination of employment may have resulted from 
Retirement, death, voluntary or involuntary termination of employment, 
unauthorized absence, or by failure to return to active employment with 
the Employer or to retire by the date on which an Authorized Leave of 
Absence expired.

     Upon an Employee's termination of employment on or after January l, 
1976, a Year during which the Employee completes less than 501 hours of 
employment due to a termination of employment shall constitute a Break 
in Service.

     Upon the reemployment of any person after January 1, 1976, who had 
previously been employed by the Employer on or after January 1, 1976, 
the following rules shall apply:

     (a)  Termination of Employment Prior to January 1, 1985: Except as 
provided in (i) and (ii) below, all Years of Service with the Company or 
with any corporation which is a member of the same controlled group of 
corporations (as defined in Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Internal 
Revenue Code) as the Company shall be taken into account in computing 
the period of Service for purposes of this Section 3.4.

      (i)  In computing the Employee's period of Service for purposes of 
this Section 3.4, in the case of any Employee who has a Break in 
Service, Service before such Break shall not be taken into account under 
the Plan until he has completed a Year of Service after his return.

     (ii)  As to any Employee who has not earned any vested benefits, in 
computing the Employee's period of Service for purposes of this Section 
3.4, Service before a Break in Service shall not be taken into account 
if the number of consecutive Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the 
number of Years of Service before the Break.  The number of Years of 
Service before the Break (for purposes of the preceding sentence) shall 
be deemed not to include any Years of Service not taken into account by 
reason of any prior Break in Service.

     In any case where an Employee is required to, and does, resatisfy 
the eligibility requirements of said Section 3.1, his participation in 
the Plan shall be retroactive to his date of employment after such Break 
in Service.

     (b)  Termination of Employment On or After January l, 1985: Upon 
the reemployment of an Employee whose termination of employment occurred 
on or after January l, 1985, the following rules shall apply in 
determining his Participation in the Plan and his Service under Section 
3.2:

     (i)  Participation:  Before 5 consecutive one-year Breaks in 
Service:  if the Employee is rehired before he has 5 consecutive one-
year Breaks in Service, he shall participate in the Plan as of the date 
of his reemployment, if he previously was a Participant, or on the date 
following his reemployment on which he has completed the  requirements 
of Section 3.1.

     After 5 consecutive one-year Breaks in Service:  if an Employee 
(whether or not previously a Participant) is rehired after he has 5 
consecutive one-year Breaks in Service and after cancellation of pre-
break Service as determined in accordance with subparagraph (ii) below, 
he must meet the requirements of Section 3.1 for Participation in the 
Plan as if he were a new Employee.  If an Employee is rehired after he 
has 5 consecutive one-year Breaks in Service but prior to cancellation 
of his pre-break Service as determined in accordance with subparagraph 
(ii) below, he shall recommence Participation as of the date of his 
reemployment, if he previously was a Participant, or the first date 
following his reemployment on which he has completed the requirements of 
Section 3.1.

     (ii)  Service:  For Vested Participants - in the case of a 
Participant who was vested when his prior period of employment 
terminated, any Service attributable to his prior period of employment 
shall not be canceled and shall be reinstated as of the date of his 
reparticipation.

     For other Employees - in the case of a reemployed Employee who was 
not a Participant in the Plan during his prior period of employment, or 
in the case of a Participant who was not vested when his prior period of 
employment terminated, any Service attributable to his prior period of 
employment shall be canceled as of the later of the date he has 5 
consecutive one-year Breaks in Service or the date the number of his 
consecutive years of Break in Service equals the aggregate number of his 
years of pre-break Service.  If Service attributable to his prior period 
of employment is not canceled pursuant to the preceding sentence, it 
shall be reinstated upon his commencing or recommencing Participation.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Employee's termination of 
employment is due to a "maternity or paternity leave", then subparagraph 
(b) of this Section shall be read by substituting the number "6" for the 
number "5" wherever it appears therein.  For the purposes of this Plan, 
"maternity or paternity leave" means termination of employment or 
absence from work due to the pregnancy of the Employee, the birth of a 
child of the Employee, the placement of a child in connection with the 
adoption of the child by an Employee, or the caring for an Employee's 
child during the period immediately following the child's birth or 
placement for adoption.  The Committee shall determine, under rules of 
uniform application and based on information provided to the Committee 
by the Employee, whether or not the Employee's termination of employment 
or absence from work is due to "maternity or paternity leave."





















                               ARTICLE IV

                   Contributions and Forfeitures
                   -----------------------------

     4.1  Amount of Profit Sharing Contributions:  Subject to the 
provisions of Article X, the Employer shall contribute a Profit Sharing 
Contribution to the Trust Fund for each Year in an amount not exceeding 
15% of the aggregate Compensation paid in such Year to all Participants 
in its employ who are eligible to receive an allocation to their Profit 
Sharing Contribution Accounts in accordance with the provisions of 
Section 5.2(b).  In no event shall any such contribution for any Year 
for the Company or any participating Domestic Subsidiaries exceed the 
maximum amount deductible from the Employer's income for such year under 
Section 404(a)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, or any 
statute of similar import.

     4.2  Time and Method of Profit Sharing Contribution: The amount of 
the Employer's Profit Sharing Contribution for each Year shall be paid 
to the Trustee, either in a single payment or in installments and either 
in cash or in common shares of the Company valued at the fair market 
value thereof at the time of contribution and within such period as is 
provided for in Section 404(a)(6) of the Internal Revenue Code, as 
amended, or any other statute of similar import, or any rule or 
regulation thereunder.

     4.3  Determination of Profit Sharing Contribution:  The amount of 
the contribution shall be determined solely at the discretion of the 
Board of Directors of the Company.

     Neither the Trustee nor the Committee nor any other person shall be 
under any duty to inquire into the correctness of the amount contributed 
and paid over to the Trustee hereunder, nor shall the Trustee or the 
Committee or any other person be under any duty to enforce the payment 
of the contributions to be made hereunder by the Employer.

     4.4  No After-Tax Contributions by Participants: Participants are 
not required or permitted to make any after-tax contributions under this 
Plan.

     4.5  Disposition of Forfeitures:  Amounts which have become 
Forfeitures during a Plan Year will be allocated as of the last day of 
the Plan Year in which the Forfeiture occurred.  Allocation of 
Forfeitures will be made in accordance with Plan Section 5.2(e).

     In the case of a terminated Participant who has incurred five 
consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, or whose interest in the Plan 
has been distributed on termination of participation and was not repaid 
pursuant to the terms of the immediately succeeding paragraph, Vesting 
Years of Service after such break or after such distribution shall not 
be taken into account in determining the vested percentage of his Profit 
Sharing or Matching Contribution Accounts which accrued prior to such 
five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service or such distribution, as the 
case may be.  Separate accounts for the prebreak and postbreak portions 
of such person's interest in his Profit Sharing or Matching Contribution 
Accounts will be maintained, if and to the extent necessary to properly 
reflect the provisions of this Section 4.5.

     If a Participant who has separated from service with the Employer 
and received a distribution of the vested balance of his Profit Sharing 
or Matching Contribution Accounts under the Plan shall return to the 
employment of the Employer before incurring five consecutive One-Year 
Breaks in Service, any amount previously forfeited shall be reinstated 
to the Participant's Profit Sharing or Matching Contribution Accounts 
upon repayment by the Participant of the full amount of the 
distribution.  Such repayment must be made before the earlier of five 
(5) years after the date on which the Participant is subsequently 
reemployed by the Employer or the close of the Plan Year within which 
the Participant incurs a fifth consecutive One-Year Break in Service.  
In such event, upon a subsequent termination of employment or 
retirement, the Participant's vested interest in his Profit Sharing or 
Matching Contribution Accounts shall be determined as if no previous 
separation from service has occurred.

     Any Forfeiture shall be applied pursuant to Section 5.2(e).

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant's termination of 
employment is due to a "maternity or paternity leave" as described in 
Section 3.4, then this Section 4.5 shall be read by substituting the 
number "6" for the number "5" and the word "sixth" for the word "fifth" 
wherever they appear in this Section.

     4.6  Salary Deferral Contributions:  The Employer shall, during any 
Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1993, contribute a Salary 
Deferral Contribution for each Participant employed by such Employer, 
determined according to the Participant's salary deferral election for 
the Year under (a) below.  Such contribution shall be made no later than 
thirty (30) days after the date such amount is withheld from the 
Participant's pay and will be allocated to a Participant's Salary 
Deferral Contribution Account in accordance with Section 5.2.

     (a)  Participant's (Pre-Tax) Salary Deferral Elections:  When he 
becomes a Participant hereunder, a Participant may enter into a written 
salary deferral agreement with his Employer which shall provide that the 
Participant elects to defer (on a pre-tax basis) a portion of his 
Compensation; provided, however:

               (1)  The Committee may require such contributions to be a 
whole dollar or a whole percentage of his Compensation.

               (2)  Such deferral must meet the deferral percentage test 
in subsection (c) hereof, and the Committee may require modifications in 
order to meet such test.

               (3)  Such deferral cannot exceed the dollar limit in (b) 
below.

               (4)  The Committee may establish a maximum deferral for 
any year.

     A salary deferral agreement shall be entered into on such forms and 
at such times as the Committee may prescribe.  Changes, suspensions or 
discontinuance of salary deferrals may be made by the Participant during 
a Plan Year only if permitted by the Committee, but may be made by the 
Committee if called for under subsection (b) or (c) hereof or if the 
Employer's deduction limits under Code Section 404(a) would otherwise be 
exceeded, or if the annual addition limitations under Code Section 415 
would otherwise be exceeded as to any Employee.

     (b)  Dollar Limit on Salary Deferrals:  If a Participant's Salary 
Deferral Contributions hereunder should exceed the dollar limit 
specified in Code Section 402(g)(1), but subject to the cost-of-living 
adjustment set forth in Code Section 402(g)(5)), in any taxable year of 
the Participant, the excess (with earnings thereon) shall be distributed 
to the Participant.  If the Participant also participates in another 
elective deferral program (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)) 
and if, when aggregating his elective deferrals under all such programs, 
an excess of deferral contributions arises under the dollar limitation 
in Code Section 402(g) with respect to such Participant, the Participant 
shall, no later than March 1st following the close of the Participant's 
taxable year, notify the Committee as to the portion of such excess 
deferrals to be allocated to this Plan and such excess so allocated to 
this Plan (with earnings thereon) shall be distributed to the 
Participant.  In the event there is a loss allocable to an excess 
deferral, any distribution to a Participant as required by this Section 
shall be no less than the lesser of the Participant's Salary Deferral 
Accounts or the Participant's excess deferral for the Plan Year.  Any 
distribution under this Section shall be made to the Participant no 
later than the March 15th immediately following the close of the 
Participant's taxable year for which such contributions were made.

     (c)  Deferral Percentage Test:                       

               (1)  Highly Compensated Employee:  For purposes of this 
subsection, the term Highly Compensated Employee shall mean any Employee 
who, during the Year of determination or the immediately preceding Year:

                    (A)  was at any time during such year(s) a five 
percent (5%) owner (as defined in Code Section 416(i)(1));

                    (B)  received compensation (as defined below) from 
the Affiliated Employers in excess of Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars 
($75,000) (subject to increase under Code Section 414(q)(1));

                    (C)  received compensation (as defined below) from 
the Affiliated Employers in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) 
(subject to increase under Code Section 414(q)(1)) and was in the top 
twenty percent (20%) of the Employees of all Affiliated Employers (when 
ranked on the basis of compensation paid during such year); excluding, 
however, for purposes of determining the top twenty percent (20%):

                         (i)   Employees who have not completed at least 
                               six (6) months of service;

                         (ii)  Employees who normally work less than 
                               seventeen and one-half (17-1/2) hours per 
                               week;

                         (iii) Employees who normally work during not 
                               more than six (6) months during any Plan 
                               Year;

                         (iv)  Employees who have not attained age 
                               twenty-one (21);

                         (v)   Employees covered under a collective 
                               bargaining agreement (to the extent 
                               permitted in appropriate regulations); 
                               and

                         (vi)  Employees who are nonresident aliens and 
                               who receive no earned income (as defined 
                               in Code Section 911(d)(2) which 
                               constitutes income from sources within 
                               the United States (within the meaning of 
                               Code Section 861(a)(3)); or

                    (D)  was at any time an officer and received 
compensation (as defined below) greater than fifty percent (50%) of the 
defined benefit dollar limitation in effect under Code Section 
415(b)(1)(A) for such Year; provided that, for purposes of this 
subparagraph (D):

                         (i)   no more than fifty (50) Employees (or if 
                               lesser, the greater of three (3) 
                               Employees or ten percent (10%) of the 
                               Employees) of the Affiliated Employers 
                               shall be considered as officers, and

                         (ii)  if in such Plan Year, no officer 
                               satisfied the requirements set forth in 
                               this subparagraph (iv) above, the highest 
                               paid officer of the Affiliated Employers 
                               during such Plan Year shall be considered 
                               an officer.

               (2)  For purposes of this subsection, the term 
"compensation" shall have the same meaning as in Code Section 415(c)(3), 
without regard to:  (A) Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), and 402(h)(1)(B), 
and (B) Code Section 403(b) in the case of contributions made by an 
Affiliated Employer under a salary reduction agreement.

               (3)  For purposes of determining whether an Employee is 
highly compensated in the Plan Year for which the determination is being 
made, any Employee not described in subparagraphs (B), (C), or (D) above 
for the preceding year (disregarding this paragraph (2)), shall not be 
treated as described in subparagraphs (B), (C), or (D) above unless such 
Employee is a member of the group consisting of the one hundred (100) 
Employees of the Employer who were paid the highest compensation during 
the Year for which such determination is being made.  Notwithstanding 
the preceding sentence nor the first sentence in paragraph (1) above in 
this Section, if the Employer so elects, the determination described in 
said paragraph (1) above will be made only for the Year of determination 
if such Year is a calendar year and no such determination will be made 
for the immediately preceding Plan Year, in which event the preceding 
sentence in this such paragraph (3) will not apply; provided, however, 
the Employer may only make such election if the same election is made as 
to all plans, entities and arrangements for the Employer with respect to 
which a determination of Highly Compensated Employees is necessary.

               (4)  For purposes of this Section, if any individual is a 
member of the family (spouse, and lineal ascendants or descendants and 
the spouses of such lineal ascendants or descendants) of a five-percent 
(5%) owner or of a Highly Compensated Employee in the group consisting 
of the ten (10) highly compensated Employees paid the greatest 
compensation during such Plan Year, then the following provisions shall 
be applicable:

                    (A)  such family member shall not be considered a 
separate Employee, and

                    (B)  any compensation paid to such family member (as 
well as any applicable contribution (or benefit) paid to or on behalf of 
such person) shall be treated as if it were paid to (or on behalf of) 
said five-percent (5%) owner or Highly Compensated Employee.

               (5)  For purposes of this Section, former Employees shall 
be treated as Highly Compensated Employees, if:

                    (A)  such an Employee was a highly compensated 
Employee upon termination of employment with the Affiliated Employers; 
or

                    (B)  such an Employee was a highly compensated 
Employee at any time after attaining age fifty-five (55).

               (6)  Deferral Percentage Test:  Each Plan Year, the 
Committee shall determine:

                    (A)  The "deferral percentage" for each Employee who 
is then eligible for salary deferrals, which shall be the ratio of the 
amount of such Employee's salary deferral for such Plan Year to the 
Employee's compensation while a Participant for such Plan Year, or for 
the entire Plan Year, as determined by the Committee.  Such compensation 
for any year shall be defined uniformly for all Employees and any such 
definition must be allowed for this purpose under Code Sections 414(s) 
and 401(a)(17).

                    (B)  The "highly compensated deferral percentage", 
which shall be the average of the "deferral percentages" for all Highly 
Compensated Employees then eligible for salary deferrals.

                    (C)  The "nonhighly compensated deferral 
percentage", which shall be the average of the "deferral percentages" 
for all Employees then eligible for salary deferrals who were not 
included in the "highly compensated deferral percentage" in (B) above.

     In no event shall the "highly compensated deferral percentage" 
exceed the greater of:

                         (i)  a deferral percentage equal to one and 
                              one-fourth (1-1/4) times the "nonhighly 
                              compensated deferral percentage"; and

                         (ii)  a deferral percentage equal to two (2) 
                               times the "nonhighly compensated deferral 
                               percentage" but not more than two (2) 
                               percentage points greater than the 
                               "nonhighly compensated deferral 
                               percentage".

     If the above deferral percentage test would otherwise be violated 
as of the end of the Year, then notwithstanding any other provision 
hereof, every contribution included in the "highly compensated deferral 
percentage" for a Participant whose deferral percentage is greater than 
the permitted maximum shall automatically be revoked to the extent 
necessary to comply with such deferral percentage test and the amount of 
such contribution, to the extent revoked, shall constitute an "excess 
contribution" to be distributed to such Participant (with earnings 
thereon) within two and one-half (2-1/2) months following the close of 
the Plan Year for which such contribution was made.  To determine the 
amount of the excess contribution and the Participants to whom the 
excess contributions are to be distributed, the Salary Deferral 
Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees shall be reduced in order 
of the deferral percentages beginning with those Highly Compensated 
Employees with the highest of the deferral percentages.

     In the event there is a loss allocable to an excess contribution, 
any distribution to a Participant as required by this Section shall be 
no less than the lesser of the Participant's Individual Accounts or the 
Participant's excess contributions for the Year.


     If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more plans 
maintained by the Employer or Affiliated Employer, that are subject to 
the deferral percentage test, then such Employee's deferral percentage 
shall be determined by aggregating his participation in all such plans.

     4.7  Matching Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions:  
The Board of Directors of the Company may elect to make a Matching 
Contribution or Qualified Matching Contributions to the Plan.  The 
amount of such contributions shall be determined solely at the 
discretion of the Board of Directors and shall be allocated to the 
Matching Contribution Account or Qualified Matching Contribution 
Account, as applicable, of the Participants eligible for such 
contributions as determined in accordance with Section 5.2(e).

     Each Plan Year, the Committee shall determine:

     (a)  The "contribution percentage" for each Employee who is then 
eligible for salary deferrals, which shall be the ratio of the amount of 
such Employee's Matching Contribution and Qualified Matching 
Contribution for such Plan Year to the Employee's compensation while a 
Participant for such Plan Year, or for the entire Plan Year, as 
determined by the Committee.  Such compensation for any year shall be 
defined uniformly for all Employees and any such definition must be 
allowed for this purpose under Code Sections 414(s) and 401(a)(17).

     (b)  The "highly compensated contribution percentage", which shall 
be the average of the "contribution percentages" for all eligible Highly 
Compensated Employees (as determined in accordance with Section 
4.6(c)(1) above).

     (c)  The "nonhighly compensated contribution percentage", which 
shall be the average of the "contribution percentages" for all Employees 
then eligible who were not included in the "highly compensated 
contributions percentage" described in the preceding paragraph.

     In no event shall the "highly compensated contribution percentage" 
exceed the greater of:

               (A)  a contribution percentage equal to one and one-
                    fourth (1-1/4) times the "nonhighly compensated 
                    contribution percentage"; and

               (B)  a contribution percentage equal to two (2) times the 
                    "nonhighly compensated contribution percentage" but 
                    not more than two (2) percentage points greater than 
                    the "nonhighly compensated contribution percentage".

     If the above contribution percentage test would otherwise be 
violated as of the end of the Plan Year, then notwithstanding any other 
provision hereof every contribution included in the "highly compensated 
contribution percentage" for a Participant whose contribution percentage 
is greater than the permitted maximum shall automatically be revoked to 
the extent necessary to comply with such contribution percentages test 
and the amount of such contribution, to the extent revoked, shall 
constitute an "aggregate excess contribution" to be distributed to such 
Participant (with earnings thereon) or forfeited, if applicable, within 
two and one-half (2-1/2) months following the close of the Plan Year for 
which such contribution was made.  To determine the amount of aggregate 
excess contributions and the Participant to whom the aggregate excess 
contributions are to be distributed, the applicable contributions of 
Highly Compensated Employees are reduced in the order of their 
contribution percentage beginning with those Highly Compensated 
Employees (as determined in accordance with 4.6(c)(1) above) with the 
highest contribution percentage.  In the event there is a loss allocable 
to an aggregate excess contribution, any distribution to a Participant 
as required by this Section shall be no less than the lesser of the 
Participant's Individual Accounts or the Participant's aggregate excess 
contributions for the Plan Year.

     If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two (2) or more 
plans maintained by the Employer or Affiliated Employer that are subject 
to the contribution percentage test, then such Employee's contribution 
percentage shall be determined by aggregating his participation in all 
such plans.  In addition, if the Employer maintains two (2) or more 
plans subject to the contribution percentage test and such plans are 
treated as a single plan for purposes of the coverage requirements for 
qualified plans under Code Section 410(b), then such plans are treated 
as a single plan for purposes of the contribution percentage test.

     The determination of excess aggregate contributions shall be made 
after first determining excess elective deferrals made under Section 
4.6(b) and then determining excess contributions under Section 4.6(c).

     4.8  Qualified Nonelective Contributions:  The Board of Directors 
of the Company may make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution to the 
Plan.  Such contribution shall be made solely at the discretion of the 
Board of Directors and shall be allocated to the Salary Deferral 
Contribution Account of Participants who are employed on the last day of 
the Plan Year.  Such a contribution shall be provided without regard to 
any salary reduction agreement but shall be treated as a Salary Deferral 
Contribution of the Participant.












































                                 ARTICLE V

                  Allocations to Participants' Accounts
                  -------------------------------------

     5.1  Individual Accounts: The Committee shall create and maintain 
adequate records to disclose the interest in the Trust of each 
Participant, Former Participant and Beneficiary.  Such records shall be 
in the form of Individual Accounts, and credits and charges shall be 
made to such Accounts in the manner herein described.  The maintenance 
of Individual Accounts is only for accounting purposes, and a physical 
segregation of the assets of the Trust Fund to each account shall not be 
required.  Distributions and withdrawals made from an Individual Account 
shall be charged to the account as of the date paid.

     Such Accounts shall be referred to as follows:

     (a)  Profit Sharing Contribution Account:  The account representing 
Profit Sharing Contributions, Forfeitures from Profit Sharing 
Contributions, and gains and losses allocable thereto.

     (b)  Salary Deferral Contribution Account:  The account 
representing Salary Deferral Contributions and Qualified Nonelective 
Contributions, and gains and losses allocable thereto.

     (c)  Matching Contribution Account:  The account representing 
Matching Contributions, and gains and losses allocable thereto.

     (d)  Qualified Matching Contribution Account:  The account 
representing Qualified Matching Contributions, and gains and losses 
allocable thereto.

     5.2  Account Adjustments: The Individual Accounts of Participants, 
Former Participants and Beneficiaries shall be adjusted in accordance 
with the following:

     (a)  Income:  Each Valuation Date the Income of each Investment 
Fund as of such current Valuation Date shall be allocated to the 
Individual Accounts of Participants, Former Participants and 
Beneficiaries who have unpaid balances in their Accounts within such 
Investment Fund as of such current Valuation Date.  Such allocation 
shall be made in proportion to the balances in such Accounts at the 
previous Valuation Date, but after first reducing such account balance 
by any distributions or withdrawals from the Account since the last 
Valuation Date, or in accordance with any equitable method of allocation 
specified by the investment vehicle utilized for such Investment Fund, 
as determined by the Committee.

     (b)  Profit Sharing Contributions:  Any Profit Sharing Contribution 
made for a Plan Year pursuant to Section 4.1 of this Plan shall as soon 
as practicable be allocated among and credited to the Profit Sharing 
Contribution Accounts of those Participants who both (i) were employed 
by (or on Authorized Leave of Absence from) an Employer as a Salaried 
Employee on the last day of the Plan Year with respect to which such 
Profit Sharing Contribution is being made, and (ii) completed a Year of 
Service during such Plan Year.  Such allocation shall be made in the 
proportion that the Compensation of each such Participant for that year 
bears to the total Compensation for all such Participants for that year.  
For purposes of this Section, only the Compensation of the Participant 
while both a Participant and a Salaried Employee shall be considered as 
the Compensation of a Participant.

     (c)  Salary Deferral Contributions and Qualified Nonelective 
Contributions:  Any Salary Deferral Contribution and Qualified 
Nonelective Contributions received hereunder on behalf of a Participant 
shall be allocated to his Salary Deferral Contribution Account as of the 
Allocation Date following the date such amount is withheld from the 
Participant's Compensation.

     (d)  Matching Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions:  
As of each Allocation Date, the Employer's Matching Contributions, and 
Qualified Matching Contributions, if any, shall be credited to the 
Matching Contribution Accounts, or Qualified Matching Contribution 
Accounts, as applicable, of those Participants who both (i) have had 
Salary Deferral Contributions made to their Salary Deferral Contribution 
Accounts during the Plan Year for which such Matching Contribution, or 
Qualified Matching Contribution, is being made and (ii) were employed by 
(or an Authorized Leave of Absence from) an Employer on the last day of 
the Plan Year with respect to which such Matching Contributions or 
Qualified Matching Contributions are being made.  The Matching 
Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions shall be allocated on 
the basis of the Salary Deferral Contributions (up to a percentage of 
each Participant's Compensation to be determined at the time such 
Matching Contributions are made) credited to the Participant's Matching 
Contribution Account since the preceding Allocation Date.

     (e)  Forfeitures:  Forfeitures from Profit Sharing Contributions 
which become available as of the end of each Year shall be applied to 
reduce any Profit Sharing Contributions to be made by the Employer of 
the Participant who suffered such Forfeiture in the succeeding Plan Year 
or Years.  If no Profit Sharing Contributions are made by the Employer 
in a particular Year, any Forfeitures which are available shall be 
treated as though they were additional Profit Sharing Contributions.  
Forfeitures from Matching Contributions shall be used to reduce Matching 
Contributions in the succeeding Plan Year or Years.

     5.3  Limit on Annual Additions Under Code Section 415:  
Contributions hereunder shall be subject to the limitations of Code 
Section 415 for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1987 under 
this Plan or the Previous Plan, as provided in this Section.

     (a)  Definitions:  For purposes of this Section the following 
definitions shall apply:

          (i)  "Annual Addition" shall mean the sum of the following 
               additions to a Participant's Individual Account for the 
               Limitation Year:

               (a)  Profit Sharing Contributions, Matching 
                    Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, 
                    Salary Deferral Contributions and Qualified 
                    Nonelective Contributions; and

               (b)  Forfeitures, if any.

          (ii)  "Earnings" for any Limitation Year shall be the 
                Employee's earned income, wages, salaries, and fees for 
                professional services, and other amounts received for 
                personal services actually rendered in the course of 
                employment with the Employer (including, but not limited 
                to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services 
                on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on 
                insurance premiums, tips and bonuses), provided such 
                amounts are actually paid or includible in gross income 
                during such Year.  Earnings shall exclude the following:

               (A)  Employer contributions to a plan of deferred 
                    compensation which are not included in the 
                    Employee's gross income for the taxable year in 
                    which contributed or Employer contributions under a 
                    simplified employee pension plan to the extent such 
                    contributions are excludable by the Employee or any 
                    distributions from a funded plan of deferred 
                    compensation;

               (B)  Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified 
                    stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) 
                    held by the Employee either becomes freely 
                    transferable or is no longer subject to a 
                    substantial risk of forfeiture;

               (C)  Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other 
                    disposition of stock acquired under a qualified 
                    stock option; and

               (D)  Other amounts which received special tax benefits, 
                    or contributions made by the Employer (whether or 
                    not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the 
                    purchase of an annuity described in Section 403(b) 
                    of the Code (whether or not the amounts are actually 
                    excludable from the gross income of the Employee).

          (iii)  "Limitation Year":  The calendar year.

     (b)  Defined Contribution Plan(s) Only:  The Annual Addition to a 
Participant's Individual Account hereunder (together with the Annual 
Additions to the Participant's account(s) under any other defined 
contribution plan(s) maintained by an Affiliated Employer) for any 
Limitation Year may not exceed the lesser of:

          (i)  Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000.00), or, if greater, 
               twenty-five percent (25%) of the defined benefit dollar 
               limitation under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A); or

          (ii)  Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant's Earnings 
                for the Limitation Year.

     (c)  Defined Contribution and Defined Benefit Plans:  If, in any 
Limitation Year, a Participant also participates in one (1) or more 
defined benefit plans maintained by any Affiliated Employer (whether or 
not terminated), then for such Limitation Year, the sum of the Defined 
Benefit Plan Fraction (as defined below) for such Limitation Year and 
Defined Contribution Plan Fraction (as defined below) for such 
Limitation Year shall not exceed one (1.0).

     The Defined Benefit Fraction for any Limitation Year shall mean a 
fraction (a)  the numerator of which is the projected annual benefit of 
the member under the defined benefit plan(s) (determined as of the close 
of the Limitation Year), and (b)  the denominator of which is the lesser 
of One Hundred Twenty-Five Percent (125%) of the dollar limitation under 
Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) or One Hundred Forty Percent (140%) of the 
percentage limitation under Code Section 415(b)(1)(B) for the year of 
determination (taking into account the effect of Section 235(g)(4) of 
the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982).

     The Defined Contribution Fraction for any Limitation Year shall 
mean a fraction (a)  the numerator of which is the sum of the Annual 
Additions (as defined during each applicable Limitation Year) to the 
Participant's accounts under all defined contribution plans maintained 
by an Affiliated Employer as of the close of the Limitation Year 
(subject to reduction to the extent permitted under the transition rule 
in Section 235(g)(3) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 
1982), and (b)  the denominator of which is the sum of the lesser of One 
Hundred Twenty-Five Percent (125%) of the dollar limitation under Code 
Section 415(c)(1)(A) or One Hundred Forty Percent (140%) of the 
percentage limitation under Code Section 415(c)(1)(B), for such 
Limitation Year and for all prior Limitation Years during which the 
Employee was employed by an Affiliated Employer (provided, however, at 
the election of the Committee, the denominator shall be increased by 
using for Limitation Years ending prior to January 1, 1983, an amount 
equal to the denominator in effect for the Limitation Year ending in 
1982, multiplied by the transition fraction provided in Code Section 
415(e)(6)(B)).

     If, in any Limitation Year, the sum of the Defined Benefit Plan 
Fraction and Defined Contribution Plan Fraction for a Participant would 
exceed one (1.0) without adjustment of the amount of Annual Additions 
that can be allocated to such Participant under paragraph b. of this 
Section, then the amount of maximum annual benefit that can be paid to 
such Participant under any defined benefit plan(s) maintained by an 
Affiliated Employer, shall be reduced to the extent necessary to reduce 
the sum of the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and Defined Contribution 
Plan Fraction for such Participant to one (1.0), or the Committee may 
take such other action as will cause the sum to equal one (1.0) or less.

     (d)  Excess Allocation:  If forfeitures available for allocation or 
if a reasonable error in estimating a Participant's Earnings would cause 
the limitation on Annual Additions described above to be exceeded, then 
the amount of such excess shall be credited to and held unallocated in a 
suspense account until the next succeeding Allocation Date when such 
amount can be allocated without exceeding such limitation.

     5.4  Top-Heavy Provisions:  The following provisions shall become 
effective in any Year after the 1983 Year in which the Plan (or Previous 
Plan) is determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan.

     (a)  Determination of Top-Heavy:  The Plan will be considered a 
Top-Heavy Plan for the Year if as of the last day of the preceding Year, 
(1) the value of the sum of Employer Contribution Accounts (but not 
including any allocations to be made as of such last day of the Year 
except contributions actually made on or before that date and allocated 
pursuant to Section 5.2(b)) of Participants who are Key Employees (as 
defined in subparagraph (f) below) exceeds 60% of the value of the sum 
of Employer Contribution Accounts (but not including any allocations toe 
be made as of such last day of the Year except contributions actually 
made on or before that date and allocated pursuant to Section 5.2(b)) of 
all Participants (the "60% Test") or (2) the Plan is part of a required 
aggregation group (within the meaning of Section 416(g) of the Internal 
Revenue Code) and the required aggregation group is top-heavy.  However, 
and notwithstanding the results of the 60% Test, the Plan shall not be 
considered a Top-Heavy Plan for any Year in which the Plan is a part of 
a required or permissive aggregation group (within the meaning of 
Section 416(g) of the Internal Revenue Code) which is not top-heavy.

     (b)  Minimum Allocations:  Notwithstanding the provisions of 
Section 5.2(b), for any Year during which the Plan is deemed a top-heavy 
plan, the Profit Sharing Contribution for such Year shall be allocated 
in the following order of Priority:

          (i)   First, the Employer's Profit Sharing Contribution for a 
                Year, or a portion thereof, shall be allocated to the 
                Employer Contribution Accounts of all eligible 
                Participants according to the ratio that each 
                Participant's Compensation for the Year bears to the 
                total Compensation of all eligible Participants.

          (ii)  Second, that part of the Employer contributions for the 
                Year which exceeds the part of the contribution 
                allocated under subparagraph (i) shall be allowed to the 
                Employer Contribution Accounts of all eligible 
                Participants who earned Excess Compensation for such 
                Year.  Such allocation shall be made on a pro-rata basis 
                according to the ratio that a Participant's Excess 
                Compensation for the Year bears to the Excess 
                Compensation of all eligible Participants for the Year. 
                However, the portion of the Employer contribution to be 
                allocated pursuant to this subparagraph shall not exceed 
                7% of the total Excess Compensation of all eligible 
                Participants. for Years prior to 1984, 5.7% of the total 
                Excess Compensation of all eligible Participants of the 
                Employer for Years 1984 through 1987, 6.06% of the total 
                Excess Compensation for all eligible Participants of the 
                Employer for the Years 1988 and 1989, 6.2% of the total 
                Excess Compensation of all eligible Participants of the 
                Employer for Years after 1989 or a rate equal to the 
                amount as may be provided under subsequent legislation 
                revising the tax rate applicable to employers for old 
                age, survivor and disability insurance under the Social 
                Security Act.

          (iii) Third, that part of the Employer's Profit Sharing 
                Contribution for the Year which exceeds the part of the 
                contribution allocated under subparagraphs (i) and (ii) 
                shall be allocated to the Employer Contribution Accounts 
                of all eligible Participants according to the ratio that 
                each Participant's Compensation for the Year bears to 
                the total Compensation of all eligible Participants for 
                the Year.

          (iv)  Provided, however, for any Year in which the Plan is top 
                heavy, any Employee covered under this Plan (regardless 
                of his compensation level and regardless of the number 
                of hours of employment completed under Section 3.3 
                hereof) shall, during such Year, receive an allocated 
                Employer Contribution (subject to the vesting 
                requirements of this Plan) at least equal to a 
                percentage of his considered compensation (defined 
                below) for such Year, which percentage shall be the 
                lesser of:

                (A)  three percent (3%), and

                (B)  the actual percentage that the allocation, received 
                     for such Year by the Key Employee receiving the 
                     largest such allocation, represented as a 
                     percentage of such Key Employee's considered 
                     compensation (defined below).

     An Employee's considered compensation is the amount of compensation 
he received from the Employer for such Year not in excess of the dollar 
limitation specified in Code Section 401(a)(17), reportable on income 
tax Form W-2 or its equivalent.

     (c)  Minimum Vesting:  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 
6.3, if a Participant's termination of employment occurs while the Plan 
is a Top-Heavy Plan, such Participant's vested percentage in his Profit 
Sharing Contribution Account and Matching Contribution Account shall not 
be less than the percentage determined in accordance with the following 
table:

                                       Vested       Forfeited
          Years of Service           Percentage     Percentage

     less than 2                         0%            100%
     2 but less than 3                  20%             80%
     3 but less than 4                  40%             60%
     4 but less than 5                  60%             40%
     5 but less than 6                  80%             20%
     6 or more                         100%              0%

     (d)  Change in Top-Heavy Status: If the Plan becomes a Top-Heavy 
Plan and subsequently ceases to be such, the vesting schedule in 
subsection (c) of this section shall continue to apply in determining 
the vested percentage of any Participant who had at least five years of 
Service as of December 31 in the last Year of top-heaviness For other 
Participants, said schedule shall apply only to their Employer 
Contribution Account balance as of such December 31.

     (e)  Impact on Maximum Benefits:  For any Year in which the Plan is 
a Top-Heavy Plan, Section 5.3 shall be read by substituting the number 
"1.00" for the number "1.25" wherever it appears therein except such 
substitution shall not have the effect of reducing any benefit accrued 
under a defined benefit plan prior to the first day of the Year in which 
this provision becomes applicable.

     (f)  Key Employee:  For purposes of this Section 5.4 a Key Employee 
is any individual (whether or not deceased) who, at any time during the 
five (5) Years immediately preceding the current Year, was:

          (i)   an officer of the Employer or Affiliated Employer  (as 
                defined below in subparagraph (i)) having an annual 
                compensation from the Employer and/or Affiliated 
                Employer (as reported on income tax form W-2 or its 
                equivalent) greater than Fifty Percent (50%) of the 
                defined benefit plan dollar limitation in effect under 
                Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) for any such Year (except that 
                no more than fifty (50) Employees or, if less, the 
                greater of three (3) and ten percent (10%) of the 
                Employees, shall be treated as officers), or

          (ii)  one of the ten (10) Employees having an annual 
                compensation from the Employer and/or Affiliated 
                Employer (as reported on income tax form W-2 or its 
                equivalent) greater than the defined contribution plan 
                dollar limitation in effect under Code Section 
                415(c)(1)(A) and owning (or considered as owning under 
                Code Section 416(i)(1)) both more than a one-half 
                percent (1/2%) interest and the largest interests in the 
                Employer, or

          (iii) a five percent (5%) owner of the Employer (taking into 
                account ownership he would be considered to have under 
                Code Section 416(i)(1)), or

          (iv)  a one percent (1%) owner of the Employer (taking into 
                account ownership he would be considered to have under 
                Code Section 416(i)(1)) having annual compensation from 
                the Employer and/or an Affiliated Employer during any 
                calendar year (as reported on income tax Form W-2 or its 
                equivalent) of more than One Hundred Fifty Thousand 
                Dollars ($150,000).

     Any Employee who is not a Key Employee is a nonkey Employee.

     (g)  Terminated Employees and Affiliated Employers:  For purposes 
of this Section 5.4, if a former Employee has not performed any services 
for the Employer at any time during the five (5) Years immediately 
preceding the current Year, any account balance remaining hereunder for 
such former Employee shall not be taken into account.  Also, any account 
balance attributable to deductible employee contributions (under Code 
Section 219) or attributable to a rollover initiated by an Employee from 
the plan of an employer that is not an Affiliated Employer shall not be 
taken into account under this Section.

     (h)  Safe Harbor Rule:  In the case of an Employee hereunder who is 
also covered by another top heavy qualified defined contribution plan of 
an Affiliated, the top heavy minimum allocation provided under Section 
5.4(b)(iv) hereof shall not apply if the top heavy minimum allocation 
under such other plan is applied to such Employee thereunder, and in the 
case of an Employee hereunder who is also covered by a top heavy 
qualified defined benefit plan of an Affiliated Employer, said top heavy 
minimum allocation shall not apply if the top heavy minimum benefit 
under such other plan is applied to such Employee thereunder, but if 
such top heavy minimum benefit is not applied to such Employee, then the 
top heavy minimum allocation described in Section 5.4(b)(iv) hereof 
shall be applied except that the percentage specified therein shall be 
five percent (5%).









































                               ARTICLE VI

                      Distributions and Withdrawals
                      -----------------------------

     6.1  Retirement or Disability: If a Participant's employment with 
the Employer is terminated at or after he attains age 59-1/2, or if his 
employment is terminated at an earlier age because of Disability, he 
shall be vested in, and entitled to receive, the entire amount in his 
Individual Account as of the date employment terminates.

     If a Participant shall continue in active employment following 
attainment of age 59-1/2, he shall continue to participate under the 
Plan.  Upon actual retirement, such Participant shall be entitled to his 
Plan benefits as of his actual retirement date.

     Payment of benefits due under this Section shall be made in 
accordance with Section 6.4.

     6.2  Death:  In the event that the termination of employment of a 
Participant is caused by his death, his Beneficiary shall be vested in 
and paid the entire amount in his Individual Account as of his date of 
death.  Payment of benefits due under this Section shall be made in 
accordance with Section 6.4.

     6.3  Termination for Other Reasons:  If a Participant's employment 
with the Employer is terminated before age 59-1/2 for any reason other 
than Disability or death, he shall be vested in, and entitled to 
receive, an amount equal to the vested percentage of the balance of his 
Profit Sharing Contribution Account and Matching Contribution Account, 
if any, as of the date employment terminates.  Such percentage shall be 
determined in accordance with the applicable schedule as set forth 
below.

     The following vesting schedule shall apply, to the extent required 
under this Article VI, in the event a Participant's employment with the 
Employer is terminated before January 1, 1989.

                                      Vested          Forfeitable
          Years of Service          Percentage        Percentage 
          ----------------          ----------        -----------

     less than 5 years                  0%              100%
     5 but less than 6 years           50%               50%
     6 but less than 7 years           60%               40%
     7 but less than 8 years           70%               30%
     8 but less than 9 years           80%               20%
     9 but less than 10 years          90%               10%
     10 years or more                 100%                0%

     The following vesting schedule shall apply, to the extent required 
under this Article VI, in the event a Participant's  employment with 
this Employer is terminated on or after January 1, 1989.

                                          Vested        Forfeitable
          Years of Service                Percentage    Percentage 


     Less than 5 years                        0%            100%
     5 years or more                        100%              0%

     A Participant shall always be one hundred percent (100%) vested in 
his Salary Deferral Contribution Account and Qualified Matching 
Contribution Account and entitled to receive the balance of such 
Accounts upon termination of employment.

     Payment of benefits under this Section shall be made in accordance 
with Section 6.4.

     6.4  Payment of Benefits:  Subject to Section 6.10, payment of 
benefits under Sections 6.1, 6.2 or Section 6.3 shall be made in a 
single cash distribution of the full amount payable.  Subject to Section 
6.7, such distribution under Sections 6.1 (Retirement or Disability) and 
6.2 (Death) shall be made within thirty (30) days after the Participant 
terminates employment.  Subject to Section 6.7, such distribution under 
Section 6.3 (Termination for Other Reasons) shall be made within thirty 
(30) days after the later of (a) the end of the year following the date 
the Participant terminates employment or (b) the date the Participant 
attains age sixty-two (62). Notwithstanding the above, a Participant may 
elect to receive a distribution of his Salary Deferral Contribution 
Account within sixty (60) days after he terminates employment with the 
Employer and all Affiliated Employers.

     6.5  Designation of Beneficiary:  Designation of a Beneficiary or 
Beneficiaries under the Plan shall be governed by the following rules:

          (a)  Designation Procedure:  Subject to the provisions of 
subparagraph (b), each Participant or Former Participant from time to 
time may designate any person or persons as his Beneficiary or 
Beneficiaries to whom his Plan benefits are to be paid if he dies before 
receipt of all such benefits.  Each Beneficiary designation shall be in 
a form prescribed by the Committee and will be effective only when filed 
with the Committee during the Participant's lifetime.

     Each Beneficiary designation filed with the Committee will cancel 
all Beneficiary designations previously filed with the Committee.  The 
revocation of a Beneficiary designation no matter how effected, shall 
not require the consent of any designated Beneficiary except as provided 
in subparagraph (b) below.

          (b)  Spousal Consent:  No Beneficiary designation or change in 
Beneficiary designation shall be effective under the Plan unless the 
Participant's Eligible Spouse consents in writing to such designation, 
the Eligible Spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of such 
designation and the Eligible Spouse's signature is witnessed by a member 
of the Committee or a notary public.

     For purposes of this Section, spousal consent shall not be 
necessary if it is established to the satisfaction of the Committee that 
a Participant does not have an Eligible Spouse, or that the Eligible 
Spouse cannot be located, or because of such other circumstances as may 
be prescribed in regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury.

          (c)  Lack of Designations:  If any Participant or Former 
Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary in the manner provided 
above, or if the Beneficiary designated by a deceased Participant dies 
before him or before complete distribution of the Participant's 
benefits, such Participant's benefits shall be paid in accordance with 
the following order of priority:

               (i)   to the Participant's Eligible Spouse, or if there 
                     be none surviving,

               (ii)  to the Participant's surviving spouse, or if there 
                     be none surviving,

               (iii) to the Participant's descendants, in equal parts, 
                     or if there be none surviving,

               (iv)  to the Participant's father and mother, in equal 
                     parts, or if there be none surviving,

               (v)   to the Participant's estate.

     6.6  Distributions to Five Percent (5%) Owners:  Notwithstanding 
anything contained herein to the contrary, any benefits to which a 
Participant who is a 5-Percent Owner is entitled shall commence not 
later than the April 1 following the calendar year in which the 
Participant attains age 70-1/2, whether or not his employment had 
terminated in such year.  If a benefit distribution under the Plan is 
made to a 5-Percent Owner before he attains age 59-1/2, the Participant 
shall be advised by the Committee that an additional income tax may be 
imposed equal to 10% of the portion of the amount so received which is 
included in his gross income for such taxable year and which is 
attributable to benefits accrued while he was a 5-Percent Owner, unless 
such distribution is made on account of death or Disability.

     A 5-Percent Owner is a Participant who is a 5-Percent owner of the 
Employer within the meaning of Section 416(i) of the Internal Revenue 
Code.

     6.7  Small Distributions:  If the value of the Participant's vested 
account balance is not, and has never been at the time of any 
distribution to, or withdrawal by, the Participant, greater than $3,500, 
subject to the provisions of Section 6.10, such amount shall be 
distributed in a lump sum without the consent of the Participant, Former 
Participant or Beneficiary; provided that in the event a Participant's 
vested Account balance exceeds $3,500, such vested account balance may 
not be distributed without the Participant's consent prior to such 
Participant's attainment of age sixty-two (62).

     6.8  Distributions to Participants Who Are Not 5% Owners: Not-
withstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any benefits to 
which a Participant who is not a 5-Percent Owner (as such term is 
defined in Section 6.6 hereof) is entitled shall commence not later than 
April 1 following the later of: (i) the calendar year in which such 
Participant attains age 70-1/2 or (ii) if later, the calendar year in 
which he retires; provided that if such Participant reached age 70-1/2 
on or after January 1, 1988, then benefits shall commence no later than 
April 1 of the calendar year in which he attains age 70-1/2 regardless 
of his status as an Employee.

     6.9  Withdrawals from Salary Deferral Contribution  Account:  Each 
Participant, by filing a request with the Committee (on a form provided 
by the Committee) may withdraw amounts from his Salary Deferral 
Contribution Account while in the employment of the Employer, in 
accordance with the following paragraphs.

     The amount to be withdrawn may be all or any portion of a 
Participant's balance of his Salary Deferral Contribution Account, 
except as otherwise provided below.

     No such withdrawal is permitted by a Participant prior to his 
attainment of age fifty-nine and one-half (59-1/2) unless (i)  the 
withdrawal is made on account of the immediate and heavy financial need 
of the Participant as determined under (a) below and (ii) the withdrawal 
is necessary to satisfy the immediate and heavy financial need as 
determined under (b) below.

     (a)  Deemed Immediate and Heavy Financial Need:  An immediate heavy 
financial need shall be deemed to exist with respect to a Participant if 
the withdrawal request is on account of:

          (i)   expenses for medical care described in Code Section 
                213(d) incurred by the Participant, the Participant's 
                spouse, or any dependents of the Participant (as defined 
                in Code Section 152), or necessary for those persons to 
                obtain medical care as described in Code Section 213(d).

          (ii)  purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal 
                residence for the Participant;

          (iii) payment of tuition and related educational fees for the 
                twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the 
                Participant, his spouse, children, or dependents;

          (iv)  the need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from 
                his principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage 
                on the Participant's principal residence; or

          (v)   such other events as may be acceptable to the Internal 
                Revenue Service.

     (b)  Deemed Necessity of Withdrawal to Satisfy immediate and Heavy 
Financial Need:  A hardship withdrawal request shall be deemed to be 
necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need if all of the 
following conditions are satisfied:

          (i)   the amount of the withdrawal request is not in excess of 
                the immediate and heavy financial need of the 
                Participant, including any amount necessary to pay any 
                federal, state or local income taxes or penalties 
                reasonably anticipated to result from the withdrawal;

          (ii)  the Participant has obtained all distributions, other 
                than hardship distributions from his Salary Deferral 
                Contribution Account, and all nontaxable loans currently 
                available from all plans maintained by the Employer;

          (iii) The Participant's right to make salary deferral 
                contributions to this Plan and all other plans 
                maintained by the Employer or Affiliated Employers is 
                (and shall be) suspended for twelve (12) months after 
                receipt of the hardship distribution.

                In the event more than one (1) distribution is made 
                hereunder within a twelve (12) month period, the 
                suspension period shall not be tacked to the remaining 
                portion of the prior suspension period but rather shall 
                start anew.

          (iv)  The Participant's right to make salary deferral 
                contributions to this Plan and all other plans 
                maintained by the Employer or Affiliated Employers in 
                the taxable year following the taxable year of the 
                hardship distribution is (and shall be) limited to an 
                amount equal to the applicable limit under Code Section 
                402(g) reduced by the Participant's salary deferral 
                contributions in the taxable year of the hardship 
                distribution.  The term "taxable year" as used hereunder 
                means the Participant's taxable year.

     (c)  Source of Hardship Withdrawal:  In the event of a hardship 
withdrawal, such withdrawal may be made from Salary Deferral 
Contributions and not from earnings on such Salary 
Deferral Contributions.

     (d)  Payment of Withdrawal:  Subject to Section 6.10, payment of 
any withdrawal under this Section 6.9 shall be made in cash to the 
Participant as soon as practicable following the date such request for 
withdrawal is approved by the Committee.

     6.10 Direct Rollovers:  This Section 6.10 applies to distributions 
or hardship withdrawals made on or after January 1, 1993.  
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would 
otherwise limit a distributee's election under this Article VI, a 
distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the 
Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid 
directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in 
a direct rollover.  For purposes of this Section 6.10, the following 
definitions shall apply:

     (a)  Eligible rollover distribution:  An eligible rollover 
distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to 
the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover 
distribution does not include:  any distribution to the extent such 
distribution is required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code, and the 
portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income.

     (b)  Eligible retirement plan:  An eligible retirement plan is an 
individual retirement account described in section 408(a) of the Code, 
an individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b) of the 
Code, an annuity plan described in section 403(a) of the Code, or a 
qualified trust described in section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts 
the distributee's eligible rollover distribution.  However, in the case 
of an eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an 
eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account or 
individual retirement annuity.

     (c)  Distributee:  A distributee includes an employee or former 
employee.  In addition, the employee's or former employee's surviving 
spouse and the employee's or former employee's spouse or former spouse 
who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, 
as defined in section 414(p) of the Code, are distributees with regard 
to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

     (d)  Direct rollover:  A direct rollover is a payment by the plan 
to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.


















                               ARTICLE VII

                               Trust Fund
                               ----------

     All contributions under this Plan shall be paid to the Trustee and 
deposited in the Trust Fund.  Upon the Employer's request, a 
contribution which was made by a mistake of fact, or conditioned upon 
qualification of the Plan or any amendment thereof or upon the 
deductibility of the contribution under Section 404 of the Internal 
Revenue Code of 1986, shall be returned to the Employer within one year 
after the payment of the contribution, the denial of the qualification 
or the disallowance of the deduction (to the extent disallowed), 
whichever is applicable.  Upon the Employer's request, a contribution 
which was conditioned upon qualification of the Plan shall be returned 
to the Employer within one year after the denial of the qualification.

     Except as provided above, all assets of the Trust Fund, including 
investment Income, shall be retained for the exclusive benefit of 
Participants, Former Participants and Beneficiaries and shall be used to 
pay benefits to such persons or to pay administrative expenses of the 
Plan and Trust Fund to the extent not paid by the Employer and shall not 
revert to or inure to the benefit of the Employer.
     The assets of the Trust Fund shall be invested in certain 
Investment Funds approved by the Investment Committee and communicated 
to the Participants.

     Any contribution allocated to a Participant's Account hereunder 
will be invested in the Investment Fund (or Funds) designated by the 
Participant on a form furnished by the Committee.  Failure to select one 
of the investment options will result in the Participant's Account being 
invested in a Fund selected by the Investment Committee.  A Participant 
or vested Former Participant may change his investment selection three 
(3) times each calendar quarter.






























                               ARTICLE VIII

                              Administration
                              --------------

     8.1  Allocation1 of Responsibility Among Fiduciaries for Plan and 
Trust Administration:  The Fiduciaries shall have only those specific 
powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations as are specifically 
given them under this Plan or the Trust.  The Employer shall have the 
sole responsibility for making the contributions provided for under 
Article IV and shall have the sole authority to appoint and remove the 
Trustee, members of the Committee and any Investment Manager which may 
be provided for under the Trust, and to amend or terminate, in whole or 
in part, this Plan or the Trust.  The Committee shall have the sole 
responsibility for the administration of this Plan, which responsibility 
is specifically described in this Plan and the Trust.

     The Trustee shall have the sole responsibility for the 
administration of the Trust and the management of the assets held under 
the Trust, all as specifically provided in the Trust.  Each Fiduciary 
warrants that any directions given, information furnished, or action 
taken by it shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Plan or 
the Trust, as the case may be, authorizing or providing for such 
direction, information or action.  Furthermore, each Fiduciary may rely 
upon any such direction, information or action of another Fiduciary as 
being proper under this Plan or the Trust, and is not required under 
this Plan or the Trust to inquire into the propriety of any such 
direction, information or action.  It is intended under this Plan and 
the Trust that each Fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper 
exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations 
under this Plan and the Trust and shall not be responsible for any act 
or failure to act of another Fiduciary.  No Fiduciary guarantees the 
Trust Fund in any manner against investment loss or depreciation in 
asset value.

     8.2  Appointment of Committee:  The Plan shall be administered by a 
Profit Sharing Committee consisting of at least three persons who shall 
be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors of 
the Employer.  All usual and reasonable expenses of the Committee may be 
paid in whole or in part by the Employer, and any expenses not paid by 
the Employer shall be paid by the Trustee out of the principal or income 
of the Trust Fund.  Any members of the Committee who are Employees shall 
not receive compensation with respect to their services for the 
Committee.

     8.3  Claims Procedure:  The Committee shall make all determinations 
as to the right of any person to a benefit.  Any denial by the Committee 
of the claim for benefits under the Plan by a Participant or Beneficiary 
shall be stated in writing by the Committee and delivered or mailed to 
the Participant or Beneficiary; and such notice shall set forth the 
specific reasons for the denial, written to the best of the Committee's 
ability in a manner that may be understood without legal or actuarial 
counsel.  In addition, the Committee shall afford a reasonable 
opportunity to any Participant or Beneficiary whose claim for benefits 
has been denied for a review of the decision denying the claim.

     8.4  Records and Reports:  The Committee shall exercise such 
authority and responsibility as it deems appropriate in order to comply 
with ERISA and governmental regulations issued thereunder relating to 
records of Participants' Service, account balances and the percentage of 
such account balances which are nonforfeitable under the Plan; 
notifications to Participants; annual registration with the Internal 
Revenue Service; and annual and other reports to the Department of 
Labor.

     8.5  Other Committee Powers and Duties:  The Committee shall have 
such duties and powers as may be necessary to discharge its duties 
hereunder, including, but not by way of limitation the following:

     (a)  discretionary and final authority to construe and interpret 
the Plan, decide all questions of eligibility and determine the amount, 
manner and time of payment of any benefits hereunder;

     (b)  to prescribe procedures to be followed by Participants or 
Beneficiaries filing applications for benefits;

     (c)  to prepare and distribute, in such manner as the Committee 
determines to be appropriate, information explaining the Plan;

     (d)  to receive from an Employer and from Participants such 
information as shall be necessary for the proper administration of the 
Plan;

     (e)  to furnish an Employer, upon request, such annual reports with 
respect to the administration of the Plan as are reasonable and 
appropriate;

     (f)  to receive, review and keep on file (as it deems convenient 
and proper) reports of benefit payments by the Trustee and reports of 
disbursements for expenses directed by the Committee;

     (g)  to appoint or employ individuals to assist in the 
administration of the Plan and any other agents it deems advisable, 
including legal and actuarial counsel;

     (h)  to direct the voting of any common shares of the Company held 
by the Trustee under this Plan.

     The Committee shall have no power to add to, subtract from or 
modify any of the terms of the Plan, or to change or add to any benefits 
provided by the Plan, or to waive or fail to apply any requirements of 
eligibility for a benefit under the Plan.

     8.6  Rules and Decisions:  The Committee may adopt such rules as it 
deems necessary, desirable or appropriate.  All rules and decisions of 
the Committee shall be uniformly and consistently applied to all 
Participants in similar circumstances.  When making a determination or 
calculation, the Committee shall be entitled to rely upon information 
furnished by a Participant or Beneficiary, the Employer, the legal 
counsel of the Employer, or the Trustee.

     8.7  Committee Procedures:  The Committee may act at a meeting or 
in writing without a meeting.  The Committee shall elect one of its 
members as chairman, appoint a secretary, who may or may not be a 
Committee member, and advise the Trustee of such action in writing. The 
secretary shall keep a record of all meetings and forward all necessary 
communications to the Employer, or the Trustee.  The Committee may adopt 
such bylaws and regulations as it deems desirable for the conduct of its 
affairs.  All decisions of the Committee shall be made by the vote of 
the majority including actions in writing taken without a meeting.  A 
dissenting Committee member who, within a reasonable time after he has 
knowledge of any action or failure to act by the majority, registers his 
dissent in writing delivered to the other Committee members, the 
Employer and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any such action or 
failure to act.

     8.8  Authorization of Benefit Payments:  The Committee shall issue 
directions to the Trustee concerning all benefits which are to be paid 
from the Trust Fund pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, and warrant 
that all such directions are in accordance with this Plan.

     8.9  Application and Forms for Benefits:  The Committee may require 
a Participant to complete and file with the Committee an application for 
a benefit and all other forms approved by the Committee, and to furnish 
all pertinent information requested by the Committee. The Committee may 
rely upon all such information so furnished it, including the 
Participant's current mailing address.

     8.10 Facility of Payments:  Whenever, in the Committee's opinion, a 
person entitled to receive any payment of a benefit or installation 
thereof hereunder is under a legal disability or is incapacitated in any 
way so as to be unable to manage his financial affairs, the Committee 
may direct the Trustee to make payments to such person or to his legal 
representative or to a relative or friend of such person for his 
benefit, or the Committee may direct the Trustee to apply the payment 
for the benefit of such person in such manner as the Committee considers 
advisable.  Any payment of a benefit or installment thereof in 
accordance with the provisions of this Section shall be a complete 
discharge of any liability for the making of such payment under the 
provisions of the Plan.

     8.11 Indemnification of the Committee:  The Committee and the 
individual members thereof shall be indemnified by the Employer and not 
from the Trust Fund against any and all liabilities arising by reason of 
any act or failure to act made in good faith pursuant to the provisions 
of the Plan, including expenses reasonably incurred in the defense of 
any claim relating thereto.



































                               ARTICLE IX

                              Miscellaneous
                              -------------

     9.1  Nonguarantee of Employment:  Nothing contained in this Plan 
shall be construed as a contract of employment between the Employer and 
any Employee, or as a right of any Employee to be continued in the 
employment of the Employer, or as a limitation of the right of the 
Employer to discharge any of its Employees, with or without cause.

     9.2  Rights to Trust Assets:  No Employee or Beneficiary shall have 
any right to, or interest in, any assets of the Trust Fund upon 
termination of his employment or otherwise, except as provided from time 
to time under this Plan, and then only to the extent of the benefits 
payable under the Plan to such Employee or Beneficiary out of the assets 
of the Trust Fund.  All payments of benefits as provided for in this 
Plan shall be made solely out of the assets of the Trust Fund and none 
of the Fiduciaries shall be liable therefor in any manner.

     9.3  Nonalienation of Benefits:  Except with respect to federal 
income tax withholding, benefits payable under this Plan shall not be 
subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, 
assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution, or levy 
of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary, including any such 
liability which is for alimony or other payments for the support of a 
spouse or former spouse or for any other relative of the Employee, prior 
to actually being received by the person entitled to the benefit under 
the terms of the Plan; and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, 
transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise dispose of any 
right to benefits payable hereunder, shall be void.  The Trust Fund 
shall not in any manner be liable, or subject to the debts, contracts, 
liabilities, engagements or torts of any person entitled to benefits 
hereunder.

     Notwithstanding the above, the Committee may direct the Trustee to 
comply with a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

     A Qualified Domestic Relations Order is a judgment, decree or order 
(including approval of a property settlement agreement) made pursuant to 
a state domestic relations law (including community property law) that 
relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments or marital 
property rights to a spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of 
a Participant ("Alternate Payee") and which:

     (a)  creates or recognizes the existence of an Alternate Payee's 
right to, or assigns to an Alternate Payee the right to, receive all or 
a portion of the benefits payable to the Participant under this Plan; 
and

     (b)  specifies (i) the name and last known mailing address (if any) 
of the Participant and each Alternate Payee covered by the order (ii) 
the amount or percentage of the Participant's Plan benefits to be paid 
to any Alternate Payee, or the manner in which such amount or percentage 
is to be determined and (iii) the number of payments or the period to 
which the order applies and each plan to which the order relates; and

     (c)  does not require the Plan to:

          (i)   provide any type or form of benefit or any option not 
                otherwise provided under the Plan

          (ii)  pay any benefits to any Alternate Payee prior to the 
                earlier of the affected Participant's termination of 
                employment or attainment of age 59-1/2

          (iii) provide increased benefits, or

          (iv)  pay benefits to an Alternate Payee that are required to 
                be paid to another Alternate Payee under a prior 
                Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

     For purposes of this Plan, an Alternate Payee who had been married 
to the Participant for at least one year may be treated as an Eligible 
Spouse with respect to the portion of the Participant's benefit in which 
such Alternate Payee has an interest provided that the Qualified 
Domestic Relations Order provides for such treatment. However, under no 
circumstances may the spouse of an Alternate Payee (who is not a 
Participant hereunder) be treated as an Eligible Spouse under the terms 
of the Plan.

     Upon receipt of any judgment, decree or order (including approval 
of a property settlement agreement) relating to the provision of payment 
by the Plan to an Alternate Payee pursuant to a state domestic relations 
law, the Committee shall promptly notify the affected Participant and 
any Alternate Payee of the receipt of such judgment, decree or order and 
shall notify the affected Participant and any Alternate Payee of the 
Committee's procedure for determining whether or not the judgment, 
decree or order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

     The Committee shall establish a procedure to determine the status 
of a judgment, decree or order as a Qualified Domestic Relations Order 
and to administer Plan distributions in accordance with Qualified 
Domestic Relations Orders.  Such procedure shall be in writing, shall 
include a provision specifying the notification requirements enumerated 
in the preceding paragraph, shall permit an Alternate Payee to designate 
a representative for receipt of communications from the Committee and 
shall include such other provisions as the Committee shall determine, 
including provisions required under regulations promulgated by the 
Secretary of the Treasury.

     During any period in which the issue of whether a judgment, decree 
or order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order is being determined (by 
the Committee, a court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise), the 
Committee shall segregate in a separate account under the Plan the 
amount, if any, which would have been payable to the Alternate Payee 
during such period if the judgment, decree or order had been determined 
to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.  Such segregated account 
under the Plan shall be held as uninvested cash.

     If the judgment, decree or order is determined to be a Qualified 
Domestic Relations Order within the 18-month period following the 
receipt by the Committee of the Qualified Domestic Relations Order, then 
payment from the segregated account shall be paid to the appropriate 
Alternate Payee as soon as practicable after such determination if 
allowed under the terms of the Qualified Domestic Relations Order.  If 
such a determination is not made within the 18-month period, the 
segregated account shall be returned to the Participant's accounts under 
the Plan and shall be paid at the time and the manner provided under the 
Plan as if no order, judgment or decree had been received by the 
Committee.

     If distributions are made from a Participant's Employer 
Contribution Account pursuant to the requirements of a Qualified 
Domestic Relations Order prior to his termination of employment and 
prior to the date the Participant is 100% vested in his Employer 
Contribution Account, the Participant's vested interest in his Employer 
Contribution Account shall not become greater due to the prior 
distribution(s) made pursuant to the Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

     9.4  Non-forfeitability of Benefits:  Subject only to the specific 
provisions of this Plan, nothing shall be deemed to divest a Participant 
of his right to the non-forfeitable benefit to which he becomes entitled 
in accordance with the provisions of this Plan.

     9.5  Discontinuance of Employer Contributions:  In the event an 
Employer elects, by a duly adopted resolution of its Board of Directors, 
a complete discontinuance of contributions to the Plan, the accounts of 
all Participants shall, as of the date of such discontinuance, become 
100% vested and non-forfeitable.

     9.6  Waiver of Benefits:  Anything herein to the contrary 
notwithstanding, anyone entitled to be a Participant in the Plan, who, 
at the time is earning in excess of $25,000 per annum, may, if the 
Committee consents thereto, waive by an instrument in writing his right 
to participate.













































                                  ARTICLE X

                        Amendment and Termination
                        -------------------------

     10.1 Amendment and Termination:  The Board of Directors of the 
Company shall have the right and power at any time and from time to time 
to amend or terminate this Plan, in whole or in part, on behalf of all 
Employers.  Any such amendment to or termination of this Plan shall be 
made by or pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board of 
Directors of the Company and shall be evidenced by such resolution or by 
a written instrument executed by such person as the Board of Directors 
of the Company shall authorize for such purpose.  With the consent of 
the Board of Directors of the Company and subject to such procedures as 
the Board of Directors of the Company may prescribe, each Employer shall 
have the right and power at any time and from time to time to amend or 
terminate this Plan, in whole or in part, with respect to the Plan's 
application to the Participants of the particular amending or 
terminating Employer and the assets held in the Trust for their benefit, 
or to transfer such assets or any portion thereof to a new trust for the 
benefit of such Participants.  However, in no event shall any amendment 
or new trust permit any portion of the trust fund to be used for or 
diverted to any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the 
Participants and their beneficiaries, nor shall any amendment or new 
trust reduce a Participant's vested interest under the Plan.  The 
Company shall in writing notify the Committee of any amendment or change 
in the provisions of the Plan.

     10.2 Partial Termination:  Upon termination of the Plan by the 
Employer with respect to a group of Participants, the Trustee shall, in 
accordance with the directions of the Committee, allocate and segregate 
for the benefit of the Employees then or theretofore employed by the 
Employer with respect to which the Plan is being terminated the 
proportionate interest of such participants in the Trust Fund.  The 
funds so allocated and segregated shall be used by the Trustee to pay 
benefits to or on behalf of Participants in accordance with Section 
10.3.

     10.3 Liquidation of the Trust Fund:  Upon termination of the Plan, 
the accounts of all Participants affected thereby shall become fully 
vested, and the Committee may direct the Trustee: (a) to continue to 
administer the Trust Fund and pay account balances in accordance with 
Section 6.4 or Section 6.10, to Participants affected by the termination 
upon their termination of employment or to their Beneficiaries upon such 
a Participant's death, until the Trust Fund has been liquidated, or (b) 
to distribute the assets remaining in the Trust Fund, after payment of 
any expenses properly chargeable thereto, to Participants, Former 
Participants and Beneficiaries in proportion to their respective account 
balances.

     In case the Committee directs liquidation of the Trust Fund 
pursuant to (a) above, the expenses of administering the Plan and Trust, 
if not paid by the Employer, shall be paid from the Trust Fund.

     10.4 Manner of Distribution:  To the extent that no discri- 
mination in value results, any distribution after termination of the 
Plan may be made, in whole or in part, in cash, or in securities or 
other assets in kind, as the Committee (in its discretion) may 
determine.  All non-cash distributions shall be valued at fair market 
value at the date of distribution.




                            ARTICLE XI

                  Successor Employer and Merger
                    or Consolidation of Plans  
                  -----------------------------

     11.1 Successor Employer:  In the event of the dissolution, merger, 
consolidation or reorganization of an Employer, provision may be made by 
which the Plan and Trust will be continued by the successor; and, in 
that event, such successor shall be substituted for the Employer under 
the Plan.  The substitution of the successor shall constitute an 
assumption of Plan liabilities by the successor and the successor shall 
have all the powers, duties and responsibilities of the Employer under 
the Plan.

     11.2 Conditions Applicable to Mergers or Consolidations of Plans:  
In the event of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with, or 
transfer in whole or in part of the assets and liabilities of the Trust 
Fund to another trust fund held under, any other plan of deferred 
compensation maintained or to be established for the benefit of all or 
some of the Participants of this Plan, the assets of the Trust Fund 
applicable to such Participants shall be merged or consolidated with or 
transferred to the other trust fund only if:

     (a)  each Participant would (if either this Plan or the other plan 
then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after the merger, 
consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit 
he would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, 
consolidation or transfer (if this Plan had then terminated);

     (b)  resolutions of the Board of Directors of an Employer under 
this Plan, or of any new or successor employer of the affected 
Participants, shall authorize such transfer of assets; and, in the case 
of the new or successor employer of the affected Participants, its 
resolutions shall include an assumption of liabilities with respect to 
such Participants' inclusion in the new employer's plan; and

     (c)  such other plan and trust are qualified and exempt under 
Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code.

























     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and as conclusive evidence of the adoption of 
the foregoing instrument comprising Triangle Pacific Corp. Salaried 
Employees Profit Sharing Plan (As Restated January 1, 1993), TRIANGLE 
PACIFIC CORP., the Employer, has caused its corporate seal to be affixed 
hereto and these presents to be duly executed in its name and behalf by 
its proper officers thereunto authorized this      day of              , 
1994.                                          ---         -------------

ATTEST:                                  TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP.


                                      By                                
                                         -------------------------------
         Secretary                        Name:
                                          Title:



(CORPORATE SEAL)



                                                            Exhibit 10.8
                                                            ------------

Annual Cash Incentive Bonus System for those Triangle Pacific Officers 
and Managers not currently covered by a previously established and 
approved performance incentive plan

The following bonus plan which is both performance and discretionary 
based will be used for determining the annual cash bonus compensation 
for all Triangle Pacific officers and managers not currently covered by 
a previously established and approved performance incentive plan.  This 
plan totally replaces the one hundred percent discretionary approach to 
annual cash bonus determination which has been used in this company over 
the past 25 plus years.  I believe this new bonus plan for determining 
an individual's annual cash bonus is a fair and sound one for all 
concerned.  This plan meets the Board of Directors' desire to have in 
place a performance based plan to determine key managers' annual cash 
compensation rather than rely on our old 100% discretionary plan.  With 
this approach both the Board and the individuals get to participate in 
the process of setting and approving the standards which performance is 
measured against.  The plan insures that if the company and shareholders 
do well, the individual would share in this improvement.  If performance 
is not there the individual obviously suffers.  The plan is clear, 
concise, easy to administer and utilizes the key measurements we use 
constantly in our business to monitor performance.  This plan still 
allows us to preserve our philosophy of compensation which has served 
this company very well in the past and which I think is essential to 
maintaining our well being in the future.  In short the individual is 
rewarded when the company does well and is adversely affected bonus wise 
when the company performance is below budget.  Bonus payments will be 
determined and paid as soon as possible after the year-end financial 
results are available and confirmed.  This means bonus payments to all 
individuals covered by this plan will most likely be paid around the end 
of January or the beginning of February versus in December as has been 
done traditionally in the past.

The performance-based bonus will be comprised of two equal components 
which are determined from the annual plan and operating budget approved 
for the corporation and each operating division by the Board of 
Directors.  The two performance standards are Operating Income as a % of 
working assets and Operating Cash Flow.  Both of these performance 
factors will utilize the bonus determination chart shown below.  Bonus 
dollars earned by an individual are determined for each performance 
criteria by multiplying the performance level % achieved times the 
individual's current annual base salary.  Interpolation will be used to 
determine the exact performance factor achieved.


      Annual Base              Performance Level - % of Plan Objective
Grade Salary Range           80%      90%      100%      110%      120%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
1     $200,000+               7%      13%       20%       27%       34%
2     $150,000 to $199,999    6%      12%       18%       25%       32%
3     $100,000 to $149,999    5%      10.5%     16%       22%       28%
4     $ 90,000 to $ 99,999    5%       9.5%     14%       19%       24%
5     $ 80,000 to $ 89,999    4%       8%       12%       16%       20%
6     $ 70,000 to $ 79,999    4%       7%       10%       13%       16%
7     $ 60,000 to $ 69,999    4%       6%        8%       10%       12%
8     $ 50,000 to $ 59,999    3%       4.5%      6%        7.5%      9%
9     $ 40,000 to $ 49,999    2%       3%        4%        5%        6%
10    $ 20,000 to $ 39,999    1%       2%        3%        4%        5%


The discretionary based portion of the annual cash bonus will be based 
on a manager's written evaluation of an individual covering ten factors.  
Each factor will carry a weighting factor of zero to ten points.  This 
portion of the annual cash bonus expressed as a % of base salary is as 
follows:

     Up to 20% of base salary for Grade 1
     Up to 15% of base salary for Grade 2 and 3
     Up to 10% of base salary for Grade 4 and 5
     Up to  5% of base salary for Grade 6 through 8
     Up to  3% of base salary for Grade 9 and 10
Evaluation factors for determining discretionary bonus:

Factors                              Rating Range        # Points Earned

1.  Works as a team player
    and promotes a team
    attitude                         0 to 10 points

2.  Willingness to act in
    company's best interest          0 to 10 points

3.  Dedication to job and
    achievement of division
    and corporate goals              0 to 10 points

4.  Willingness to accept
    responsibility, make 
    quality decisions and 
    demonstrate excellent
    judgment based on factual
    analysis                         0 to 10 points

5.  Ability to set a proper
    balance of both long and
    short term objectives            0 to 10 points

6.  Leadership skills as 
    directed to achievement of
    consistent and challenging
    goals which were properly
    set and communicated             0 to 10 points

7.  Ability to communicate in a
    clear, consistent, accurate
    and thorough manner              0 to 10 points

8.  Demands quality performance
    from subordinates                0 to 10 points

9.  Ability to hire and retain
    quality people                   0 to 10 points

10. Develops subordinates for 
    future management succession
    i.e. training skills             0 to 10 points
                                                      ---------------

    Total Points Earned                          =
                                                     ----------------


                                            % Bonus factor   Base Salary
Discretionary Bonus = Total Points Earned X allowed for    X      of
   $ Earned                  100            salary grade     Individual


The participant's total annual cash bonus earned will be the sum of the 
total bonus dollars earned from each of the plans three components; 
Return on Assets, Operating Cash Flow and discretionary.

Division managers will be measured against their respective division 
objectives which are determined from their respective division's Board 
approved annual operating budget.  Corporate managers will be measured 
against the total corporate objective as determined by the Board 
approved annual operating plan.  The corporate managers will earn a 
bonus providing the overall corporate performance standards are achieved 
regardless of whether each division achieves budget.

The description of operating income as a % of working assets and cash 
flow are the same as those used for the 1993 long term incentive plan 
previously submitted to the board and provided you with your 1993 Long-
Term Incentive award.




                                                         Exhibit 10.18
                                                         -------------

                        TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP.
                   SUPPLEMENTAL PROFIT SHARING AND
                     DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


     THIS PLAN, made and executed at Dallas, Texas by Triangle Pacific 
Corp., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), is being established 
primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a 
select group of management or highly compensated employees of the 
Company and its participating affiliates.

                             ARTICLE I.

                            DEFINITIONS

     Section 1.1  Definitions.  Unless the context clearly indicates 
otherwise, when used in this Plan:



     (a)   "Account" or "Accounts" means a Participant's Employer 
Contribution Account and Deferral Account.

     (b)   "Adjustment Date" means the last day of each calendar month 
and such other dates as the Administrative Committee in its discretion 
may prescribe.
 
     (c)   "Affiliated Company" means any corporation or organization 
which together with the Company would be treated as a single employer 
under Section 414 of the Code.
 
     (d)   "Administrative Committee" means the committee designated 
pursuant to Section 2.1 to administer this Plan.
 
     (e)   "Board" means the Board of Directors of Triangle Pacific 
Corp.
 
     (f)   "Change of Control" with respect to an entity which is a 
corporation means:  (a) there shall have occurred an event required to 
be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A 
(or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) 
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 
"Exchange Act"), whether or not the entity is then subject to such 
reporting requirement; (b) any "person" (as such term is used in 
Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) shall have become the 
"beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), 
directly or indirectly, of securities of the entity representing more 
than 50% of the combined voting power of the entity's then outstanding 
voting securities; (c) the entity is a party to a merger, consolidation, 
sale of assets or other reorganization, or a proxy contest, as a 
consequence of which members of the board of directors of such entity in 
office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less 
than a majority of the board of directors of such entity thereafter; or 
(d) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the 
beginning of such period constituted the board of directors of such 
entity (including for this purpose any new director whose election or 
nomination for election by the entity's stockholders was approved by a 
vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who 
were directors at the beginning of such period) cease for any reason to 
constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the entity.
 
     (g)   "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended 
from time to time.
 
     (h)   "Company" means Triangle Pacific Corp. and its successors.

     (i)   "Compensation" means the sum of (i) the fixed remuneration 
payable by an Employer to an Employee for personal services rendered to 
an Employer to the extent includible in the gross income of the 
Employee, including wages and salaries, but excluding any benefits paid 
under this Plan or the Profit Sharing Plan, any payments for overtime 
work, commissions, any bonuses of any kind or nature, reimbursements or 
other expense allowances, fringe benefits, moving expenses, deferred 
compensation and welfare benefits, plus (ii) any elective contributions 
made to a plan by an Employer on behalf of such Employee which are not 
includible in the gross income of the Employee under Sections 125, 
402(a)(8) or 402(h) of the Code.

     (j)   "Deferral Account" means the account established and 
maintained on the books of an Employer to record a Participant's 
interest under this Plan attributable to amounts credited to such 
Participant pursuant to Plan Section 3.3 and Section 3.4.

     (k)   "Election Period" means such period immediately prior to the 
beginning of a Plan Year specified by the Administrative Committee for 
the making of deferral elections for such Plan Year pursuant to Plan 
Sections 3.3 and 3.4.

     (l)   "Eligible Employee" means any employee of an Employer who is 
one of a select group of management or highly compensated employees 
designated by the Chairman of the Board as an Eligible Employee for 
purposes of the Plan.

     (m)   "Employer" includes the Company and any other Affiliated 
Company which adopts this Plan with the consent of the Chairman of the 
Board.

     (n)   "Employer Contribution Account" means the account established 
and maintained on the books of an Employer to record a Participant's 
interest under this Plan attributable to amounts credited to such 
Participant pursuant to Plan Section 3.2.

     (o)   "Participant" means an Eligible Employee or former Eligible 
Employee for whom an Account is being maintained under this Plan.

     (p)   "Plan" means this Triangle Pacific Corp. Supplemental Profit 
Sharing and Deferred Compensation Plan as in effect from time to time on 
and after December 1, 1994.

     (q)   "Plan Year" means the twelve-month period commencing each 
January 1 and ending the following December 31.

     (r)   "Profit Sharing Plan" means the Triangle Pacific Corp. 
Salaried Employees Profit Sharing Plan, as in effect from time to time, 
and any successor plan thereto.


                               ARTICLE II.

                           PLAN ADMINISTRATION

     Section 2.1  Administrative Committee.  This Plan shall be 
administered by an Administrative Committee composed of at least three 
individuals appointed by the Chairman of the Board.  Each member of the 
Administrative Committee so appointed shall serve in such office until 
his or her death, resignation or removal by the Chairman of the Board.  
The Chairman of the Board may remove any member of the Administrative 
Committee at any time by giving written notice thereof to the members of 
the Administrative Committee.  Vacancies shall likewise be filled from 
time to time by the Chairman of the Board.  The Administrative Committee 
shall have discretionary and final authority to interpret and implement 
the provisions of the Plan, including without limitation, authority to 
determine eligibility for benefits under the Plan.  The Administrative 
Committee shall act by a majority of its members at the time in office 
and such action may be taken either by a vote at a meeting or in writing 
without a meeting.  The Administrative Committee may adopt such rules 
and procedures for the administration of the Plan as are consistent with 
the terms hereof and shall keep adequate records of its proceedings and 
acts.  Every interpretation, choice, determination or other exercise by 
the Administrative Committee of any power or discretion given either 
expressly or by implication to it shall be conclusive and binding upon 
all parties having or claiming to have an interest under the Plan or 
otherwise directly or indirectly affected by such action, without 
restriction, however, on the right of the Administrative Committee to 
reconsider and redetermine such action.

     Section 2.2  Indemnification of Administrative Committee.  The 
Employers shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the 
Administrative Committee and each director, officer and employee of an 
Employer against any claim, cost, expense (including attorneys' fees), 
judgment or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim 
with the approval of the Company) arising out of any act or omission to 
act as a member of the Administrative Committee or any other act or 
omission to act relating to this Plan, except in the case of such 
person's fraud or willful misconduct.


                             ARTICLE III.

                    DEFERRED COMPENSATION PROVISIONS

     Section 3.1  Participant Accounts.  An Employer shall establish and 
maintain on its books an Employer Contribution Account and a Deferral 
Account for each Eligible Employee employed by such Employer.  Each such 
Account shall be designated by the name of the Participant for whom it 
is established.  The amount of any Employer contribution declared by an 
Employer for a Plan Year for a Participant pursuant to Section 3.2 shall 
be credited by such Employer to such Participant's Employer Contribution 
Account as of the last day of the Plan Year with respect to which such 
contribution is made.  The amount of any base salary and/or cash bonus 
from an Employer for a Plan Year that is deferred for a Participant 
pursuant to Section 3.3 and/or Section 3.4 shall be credited by such 
Employer to such Participant's Deferral Account as of the date such 
amount would otherwise have been paid to such Participant by such 
Employer.  An Employer shall continue maintaining an Account as long as 
a positive balance remains credited to such Account.

     Section 3.2  Employer Contributions.  As of the last day of each 
Plan Year, each Employer shall declare an Employer contribution for each 
Participant who is an Eligible Employee of the Employer as of the last 
day of such Plan Year in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the amount 
that would have been allocated to such Participant's "Profit Sharing 
Contribution Account" under the Profit Sharing Plan as of the last day 
of such Plan Year had the employer profit sharing contribution and 
forfeitures under the Profit Sharing Plan for such Plan Year been 
allocated among eligible participants' accounts thereunder in accordance 
with the profit sharing contribution allocation formula in effect under 
the Profit Sharing Plan as of December 31, 1993, over (ii) the actual 
amount of employer contributions and forfeitures allocated to such 
Participant's "Profit Sharing Contribution Account" under the Profit 
Sharing Plan for such Plan Year.  In addition, as of the last day of 
each Plan Year, each Employer may declare an additional Employer 
contribution in such amount as may be determined by such Employer in its 
absolute discretion.  Any such additional Employer contribution shall be 
allocated among and credited to the Employer Contribution Accounts of 
each Participant who is an Eligible Employee of such Employer as of the 
last day of such Plan Year and who completed a "Year of Service" for 
purposes of the Profit Sharing Plan during such Plan Year in the 
proportion that the Compensation of each such Participant for that Plan 
Year bears to the total Compensation of all such eligible Participants 
for that Plan Year.

     Section 3.3  Compensation Deferral Election.  If the Company so 
permits in its absolute discretion, as determined by the Chairman of the 
Board, during the Election Period prior to the beginning of a Plan Year, 
an Eligible Employee may elect to have the payment of an amount of up to 
25% of the annual base salary otherwise payable by an Employer to such 
Eligible Employee for such Plan Year deferred for payment in the manner 
and at the time specified in Article IV; provided, however, that the 
minimum amount of annual base salary that an Eligible Employee may elect 
to defer for a Plan Year pursuant to this Section 3.3 is $5,000.  The 
amount of annual base salary a Participant elects to defer pursuant to 
this Section 3.3 shall be deducted from the Participant's pay in 
substantially equal amounts over all pay periods during the Plan Year.  
All elections made pursuant to this Plan Section 3.3 shall be made in 
writing on a form prescribed by and filed with the Administrative 
Committee and shall be irrevocable.

     Section 3.4  Bonus Deferral Election.  If the Company so permits in 
its absolute discretion, during the Election Period prior to the 
beginning of a Plan Year, an Eligible Employee may elect to have the 
payment of an amount up to 50% of the cash portion of any future bonus 
otherwise payable by an Employer with respect to services to be 
performed by such Eligible Employee during such Plan Year deferred for 
payment in the manner and at the time specified in Article IV; provided, 
however, that the minimum amount of a bonus that an Eligible Employee 
may elect to defer pursuant to this Section 3.4 is $5,000 or, if less, 
50% of the cash portion of such bonus.  All elections made pursuant to 
this Plan Section 3.4 shall be made in writing on a form prescribed by 
and filed with the Administrative Committee and shall be irrevocable.

     Section 3.5  Account Adjustments.  As of each Adjustment Date, the 
amount credited to each Account shall be adjusted to reflect such gain, 
loss and/or expenses as the Administrative Committee shall reasonably 
determine to be appropriate based on the experience of the investments 
selected by the Participant for the investment of such Account and 
taking into account additional deferrals credited to and distributions 
made from such Account since the last Adjustment Date.  The 
Administrative Committee shall have sole and absolute discretion with 
respect to the number and type of investment choices made available for 
selection by Participants pursuant to this Section and the method by 
which adjustments are made.  The designation of investment choices by 
the Administrative Committee shall be for the sole purpose of adjusting 
Accounts pursuant to this Section; provided, however, that an Employer 
may invest a portion of its general assets in investments, including 
investments which are the same as or similar to the investment choices 
designated by the Administrative Committee and selected by Participants, 
but any such investments shall remain part of the general assets of such 
Employer and shall not be deemed or construed to grant a property 
interest of any kind to any Participant, designated beneficiary or 
estate, except as provided under a grantor trust which conforms to the 
terms of the model trust described in Revenue Procedure 92-64.  The 
Administrative Committee shall notify the Participants of the investment 
choices available and the procedures for making and changing investment 
elections.

     Section 3.6  Vesting.  If a Participant is not fully vested and 
does not become fully vested in the amount credited to his or her 
"Profit Sharing Contribution Account" under the Profit Sharing Plan at 
the time of his or her termination of employment with an Employer or 
Affiliated Company for any reason other than transfer of employment to 
another Employer or Affiliated Company, the amount credited to such 
Participant's Employer Contribution Account hereunder shall be reduced 
at the time of such termination of employment to an amount equal to the 
amount then credited to said Employer Contribution Account multiplied by 
the vested percentage applicable to such Participant's "Profit Sharing 
Contribution Account" under the Profit Sharing Plan as of the date of 
such termination of employment.  The amount of such reduction shall be a 
forfeiture for such Plan Year to be allocated as provided in Section 
3.7.  All amounts credited to a Participant's Deferral Account shall be 
fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times.  The preceding provisions 
of this Section to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) in the event of a 
Change of Control of the Company, the Accounts of all Participants in 
the employ of an Employer on the date of such Change of Control shall 
become fully vested and nonforfeitable and (ii) in the event of a Change 
of Control of an Employer other than the Company, the Accounts 
maintained by such Employer of all Participants in the employ of any 
Employer on the date of such Change of Control, and the Accounts 
maintained by other Employers of all Participants in the employ of the 
Employer undergoing the Change of Control on the date of such Change of 
Control, shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable.

     Section 3.7  Allocation of Forfeitures.  The amount of any 
forfeitures arising during a Plan Year shall be allocated and credited 
as of the last day of such Plan Year as an additional Employer 
contribution in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.2 hereof.


                             ARTICLE IV.

                              BENEFITS

     Section 4.1  Source of Benefit Payments.  Benefit payments to be 
made with respect to a Participant's Accounts maintained pursuant to the 
Plan will be paid in cash and will be the obligation solely of the 
Employer maintaining such Accounts; provided, however, that whenever a 
payment hereunder is to be made by an Employer, the Company may, in its 
discretion, satisfy such payment obligation on behalf of such Employer, 
and the Company will be liable to satisfy any such payment obligation in 
the event the Employer otherwise liable therefor fails to pay such 
amount when due for any reason.  Obligations of the Company and each 
Employer as provided herein shall also be obligations of any successor 
to any such entity, by reason of merger, liquidation, reorganization or 
other similar transaction, or by reason of the sale or other transfer of 
substantially all of the assets of any such entity.

     Section 4.2  Amount of Benefit Payments.  The amount payable from a 
Participant's Accounts shall be determined based upon the amount 
credited to such Accounts as of the Adjustment Date immediately 
preceding the date of payment after any reduction described in Section 
3.6, plus any deferrals credited to and less any distributions made from 
such Accounts since such Adjustment Date.  The amount of each payment 
made with respect to an Account shall be deducted from the balance 
credited to such Account at the time of payment.

     Section 4.3  Timing of Payment.  Upon a Participant's termination 
of employment with an Employer or Affiliated Company for any reason 
other than transfer to employment with another Employer or Affiliated 
Company, the amount payable from such Participant's Accounts, as 
determined in accordance with Section 4.2, shall be paid by the Employer 
to such Participant (or, in the event of the Participant's death, to the 
beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by such Participant pursuant to 
Plan Section 4.4) in a single lump sum in cash as soon as practicable 
but no later than 15 days following the Participant's termination of 
employment.

     Section 4.4  Designation of Beneficiaries.  Any amount payable 
under this Plan on account of the death of a Participant shall be paid 
when otherwise due hereunder to the beneficiary or beneficiaries 
designated by such Participant.  Such designation of beneficiary or 
beneficiaries shall be made in writing on a form prescribed by and filed 
with the Administrative Committee and shall remain in effect until 
changed by such Participant by the filing of a new beneficiary 
designation form with the Administrative Committee.  If a Participant 
fails to so designate a beneficiary, or in the event all of the 
designated beneficiaries are individuals who either predecease the 
Participant or survive the Participant but die prior to receiving the 
full amount payable under this Plan, any remaining amount payable under 
this Plan shall be paid to such Participant's estate when otherwise due 
hereunder.

     Section 4.5  Hardship Distributions.  If a Participant encounters 
an unanticipated severe financial emergency which is caused by an event 
or series of events beyond the control of such Participant and which has 
or will result in a severe financial hardship to such Participant if he 
or she does not receive an early distribution from a Deferral Account 
being maintained for such Participant under this Plan, the 
Administrative Committee in its absolute discretion may direct the 
Employer maintaining such Deferral Account to pay to such Participant 
and deduct from such Deferral Account such portion of the amount then 
credited to such Deferral Account (including, if appropriate, the entire 
amount determined in accordance with Section 4.2) as the Administrative 
Committee shall determine to be necessary to alleviate the severe 
financial hardship of such Participant.  No distribution shall be made 
to a Participant pursuant to this Section 4.5 unless such Participant 
requests such a distribution in writing and provides to the 
Administrative Committee such information and documentation with respect 
to his or her financial emergency and hardship as may be requested by 
the Administrative Committee.


                            ARTICLE V.

                     AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

     Section 5.1  Amendment and Termination.  The Board shall have the 
right and power at any time and from time to time to amend this Plan, in 
whole or in part, on behalf of all Employers, and the Board shall have 
the right and power at any time to terminate this Plan or any Employer's 
participation hereunder.  Any amendment to or termination of this Plan 
shall be made by or pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board 
and shall be evidenced by such resolution or by a written instrument 
executed by such person as the Board shall authorize for such purpose.  
Any provision of this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no amendment 
to or termination of this Plan shall reduce the amounts actually 
credited to a Participant's Accounts as of the date of such amendment or 
termination, or further defer the dates for the payment of such amounts, 
without the consent of the affected Participant.  Upon termination of 
this Plan, the Administrative Committee shall calculate final Account 
balances and each Employer shall make immediate lump sum payments to 
each Participant (or beneficiary in the case of a deceased Participant) 
with respect to which such Employer maintains an Account in the amount 
determined to be credited to such Participant's Accounts as of the final 
Adjustment Date.

     Section 5.2  Change of Control.  The preceding provisions of this 
Article to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) no action to amend or 
terminate this Plan taken on or within two years following a Change of 
Control of the Company shall be effective unless written consent thereto 
is obtained from a majority of the Participants in the Plan at such 
time, and (ii) no action to amend or terminate this Plan with respect to 
Participants for whom an Employer other than the Company is maintaining 
an Account taken on or within two years following a Change of Control of 
such Employer shall be effective unless written consent thereto is 
obtained from a majority of such Participants.


                            ARTICLE VI.

                     MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     Section 6.1  Nature of Plan and Rights.  This Plan is unfunded and 
maintained by the Employers primarily for the purpose of providing 
deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly 
compensated employees of the Employers.  The Accounts established and 
maintained under this Plan by an Employer are for its accounting 
purposes only and shall not be deemed or construed to create a trust 
fund or security interest of any kind for or to grant a property 
interest of any kind to any Participant, designated beneficiary or 
estate.  The amounts credited by an Employer to Accounts maintained 
under this Plan are and for all purposes shall continue to be a part of 
the general assets and liabilities of such Employer, and to the extent 
that a Participant, designated beneficiary or estate acquires a right to 
receive a payment from such Employer pursuant to this Plan, such right 
shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of 
such Employer; provided, however, that the Company shall establish and 
fund for purposes of satisfying its obligations hereunder, a grantor 
trust which conforms to the terms of the model trust described in 
Revenue Procedure 92-64.

     Section 6.2  Spendthrift Provision.  No Account balance or other 
right or interest under this Plan of a Participant, designated 
beneficiary or estate may be assigned, transferred or alienated, in 
whole or in part, either directly or by operation of law, and no such 
balance, right or interest shall be liable for or subject to any debt, 
obligation or liability of such Participant, designated beneficiary or 
estate.

     Section 6.3  Employment Noncontractual.  The establishment of this 
Plan shall not enlarge or otherwise affect the terms of any 
Participant's employment with an Employer, and such Employer may 
terminate the employment of such Participant as freely and with the same 
effect as if this Plan had not been established.

     Section 6.4  Adoption by Other Employers.  With the consent of the 
Chairman of the Board, this Plan may be adopted by any Affiliated 
Company, such adoption to be effective as of the date specified by such 
Affiliated Company at the time of adoption.

     Section 6.5  Claims Procedure.  If any person (hereinafter called 
the "Claimant") feels that he or she is being denied a benefit to which 
he or she is entitled under this Plan, such Claimant may file a written 
claim for said benefit with the Administrative Committee.  Within sixty 
days following the receipt of such claim the Administrative Committee 
shall determine and notify the Claimant as to whether he or she is 
entitled to such benefit.  Such notification shall be in writing and, if 
denying the claim for benefit, shall set forth the specific reason or 
reasons for the denial, make specific reference to the pertinent 
provisions of this Plan, and advise the Claimant that he or she may, 
within sixty days following the receipt of such notice, in writing 
request to appear before the Administrative Committee or its designated 
representative for a hearing to review such denial.  Any such hearing 
shall be scheduled at the mutual convenience of the Administrative 
Committee or its designated representative and the Claimant, and at any 
such hearing the Claimant and/or his or her duly authorized 
representative may examine any relevant documents and present evidence 
and arguments to support the granting of the benefit being claimed.  The 
final decision of the Administrative Committee with respect to the claim 
being reviewed shall be made within sixty days following the hearing 
thereon, and the Administrative Committee shall in writing notify the 
Claimant of said final decision, again specifying the reasons therefor 
and the pertinent provisions of this Plan upon which said final decision 
is based.  The final decision of the Administrative Committee shall be 
conclusive and binding upon all parties having or claiming to have an 
interest in the matter being reviewed.

     Section 6.6  Reimbursement of Expenses.  In the event that a 
dispute arises between a Participant or beneficiary and the 
Participant's Employer or the Company with respect to the payment of 
benefits hereunder and the Participant or beneficiary is successful in 
pursuing a benefit to which he or she is entitled under the terms of the 
Plan against the Participant's Employer, the Company or any other party 
in the course of litigation or otherwise and incurs attorneys' fees, 
expenses and costs in connection therewith, the Participant's Employer 
and the Company shall be liable for reimbursing the Participant or 
beneficiary for the reasonable amount of any such attorneys' fees, 
expenses and costs, and for the payment to the Participant or 
beneficiary of interest on the amount recovered calculated from the date 
the payment should have been made in accordance with this Plan using the 
prime rate published in the Wall Street Journal during such period.

     Section 6.7  Withholding Tax.  There shall be deducted from all 
amounts paid under this Plan any taxes required to be withheld by any 
Federal, state, local or other government.  The Participant and/or his 
or her beneficiary (including his or her estate) shall bear all taxes on 
amounts paid under this Plan to the extent that no taxes are withheld, 
irrespective of whether withholding is required.

     Section 6.8  Arbitration.  Any dispute, controversy, or claim 
arising out of or relating to this Plan shall be settled by arbitration 
in Dallas, Texas, in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of 
the American Arbitration Association then in effect, and judgment on the 
award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having 
jurisdiction.

     Section 6.9  Applicable Law.  This Plan shall be governed and 
construed in accordance with the internal laws (and not the principles 
relating to conflicts of laws) of the State of Texas, except where 
superseded by federal law.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Plan has been executed on this 21st day of 
December, 1994 to be effective as of January 1, 1994.

                                           TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP.


                                        ------------------------------
                                     By 
                                           Title:




[ARTICLE] 5
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>
[PERIOD-TYPE]                   QTR-4
[FISCAL-YEAR-END]                          DEC-30-1994
[PERIOD-END]                               DEC-30-1994
[CASH]                                      24,906,000
[SECURITIES]                                         0
[RECEIVABLES]                               45,794,000
[ALLOWANCES]                                 2,491,000
[INVENTORY]                                 70,900,000
[CURRENT-ASSETS]                           143,043,000
[PP&E]                                     135,023,000
[DEPRECIATION]                              21,110,000
[TOTAL-ASSETS]                             363,451,000
[CURRENT-LIABILITIES]                       48,689,000
[BONDS]                                              0
[COMMON]                                       147,000
[PREFERRED-MANDATORY]                                0
[PREFERRED]                                          0
[OTHER-SE]                                 106,747,000
[TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY]               363,451,000
[SALES]                                    410,159,000
[TOTAL-REVENUES]                           410,159,000
[CGS]                                      300,160,000
[TOTAL-COSTS]                              300,160,000
[OTHER-EXPENSES]                            58,564,000
[LOSS-PROVISION]                               884,000
[INTEREST-EXPENSE]                          18,920,000
[INCOME-PRETAX]                             31,631,000
[INCOME-TAX]                                12,829,000
[INCOME-CONTINUING]                         18,802,000
[DISCONTINUED]                                       0
[EXTRAORDINARY]                                      0
[CHANGES]                                            0
[NET-INCOME]                                18,802,000
[EPS-PRIMARY]                                     1.28
[EPS-DILUTED]                                     1.28
</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission